TransDigm Group INC (TDG)
SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > Transportation Equipment > SIC 3728 Aircraft Parts & Auxiliary Equipment, NEC
SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1260221. Latest filing source: 0001260221-25-000081.
Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.
Selected Fundamentals
| Metric | Value | Unit | FY | Filed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 8,831,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-11-12 |
| Net income | 2,074,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-11-12 |
| Assets | 22,909,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2025-11-12 |
Financials
Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2025-11-12. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001260221.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.
| Metric | 2013 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 3,504,286,000 | 3,811,000,000 | 5,223,000,000 | 5,103,000,000 | 4,798,000,000 | 5,429,000,000 | 6,585,000,000 | 7,940,000,000 | 8,831,000,000 | ||
| Net income | 586,414,000 | 596,887,000 | 957,000,000 | 890,000,000 | 699,000,000 | 680,000,000 | 866,000,000 | 1,298,000,000 | 1,714,000,000 | 2,074,000,000 | |
| Operating income | 1,267,760,000 | 1,482,846,000 | 1,655,000,000 | 1,926,000,000 | 1,751,000,000 | 1,691,000,000 | 2,215,000,000 | 2,923,000,000 | 3,531,000,000 | 4,165,000,000 | |
| Gross profit | 1,728,063,000 | 1,984,627,000 | 2,177,000,000 | 2,809,000,000 | 2,647,000,000 | 2,513,000,000 | 3,099,000,000 | 3,842,000,000 | 4,672,000,000 | 5,311,000,000 | |
| Diluted EPS | 8.96 | 10.41 | 13.40 | 22.03 | 25.62 | 32.08 | |||||
| Operating cash flow | 470,205,000 | 788,733,000 | 1,022,000,000 | 1,015,000,000 | 1,213,000,000 | 913,000,000 | 948,000,000 | 1,375,000,000 | 2,045,000,000 | 2,038,000,000 | |
| Capital expenditures | 43,982,000 | 71,013,000 | 73,000,000 | 102,000,000 | 105,000,000 | 105,000,000 | 119,000,000 | 139,000,000 | 165,000,000 | 222,000,000 | |
| Dividends paid | 3,000,000 | 2,581,552,000 | 56,000,000 | 1,712,000,000 | 1,928,000,000 | 73,000,000 | 1,091,000,000 | 38,000,000 | 2,038,000,000 | 9,629,000,000 | |
| Share buybacks | 207,755,000 | 389,821,000 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 19,000,000 | 0.00 | 912,000,000 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 500,000,000 | |
| Assets | 10,726,277,000 | 9,975,661,000 | 12,197,467,000 | 16,255,000,000 | 18,395,000,000 | 19,315,000,000 | 18,107,000,000 | 19,970,000,000 | 25,586,000,000 | 22,909,000,000 | |
| Liabilities | 11,377,767,000 | 12,926,865,000 | 14,005,938,000 | 19,139,000,000 | 22,363,000,000 | 22,225,000,000 | 21,873,000,000 | 21,948,000,000 | 31,869,000,000 | 32,588,000,000 | |
| Stockholders' equity | -651,490,000 | -2,951,000,000 | -1,808,471,000 | -2,894,000,000 | -3,972,000,000 | -2,916,000,000 | -3,773,000,000 | -1,984,000,000 | -6,290,000,000 | -9,686,000,000 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 1,586,994,000 | 650,561,000 | 2,073,000,000 | 1,467,000,000 | 4,717,000,000 | 4,787,000,000 | 3,001,000,000 | 3,472,000,000 | 6,261,000,000 | 2,808,000,000 | |
| Free cash flow | 717,720,000 | 949,000,000 | 913,000,000 | 1,108,000,000 | 808,000,000 | 829,000,000 | 1,236,000,000 | 1,880,000,000 | 1,816,000,000 |
Ratios
| Metric | 2013 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net margin | 17.03% | 25.11% | 17.04% | 13.70% | 14.17% | 15.95% | 19.71% | 21.59% | 23.49% | ||
| Operating margin | 42.32% | 43.43% | 36.88% | 34.31% | 35.24% | 40.80% | 44.39% | 44.47% | 47.16% | ||
| Return on assets | 5.47% | 5.98% | 7.85% | 5.48% | 3.80% | 3.52% | 4.78% | 6.50% | 6.70% | 9.05% | |
| Current ratio | 3.89 | 2.45 | 4.06 | 3.16 | 4.31 | 4.23 | 3.96 | 4.27 | 1.58 | 3.21 |
Financial Charts
Quarterly
Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-05. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001260221.json.
| Quarter | End Date | Revenue | Net Income | Diluted EPS | Method |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023-Q1 | 2022-12-31 | 3.33 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q2 | 2023-04-01 | 5.32 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q3 | 2023-07-01 | 1,744,000,000 | 352,000,000 | 6.14 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q4 | 2023-09-30 | 1,852,000,000 | 414,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2024-Q1 | 2023-12-30 | 1,789,000,000 | 382,000,000 | 4.87 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q2 | 2024-03-30 | 1,919,000,000 | 404,000,000 | 6.97 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q3 | 2024-06-29 | 2,046,000,000 | 461,000,000 | 7.96 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q4 | 2024-09-30 | 2,186,000,000 | 467,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2025-Q1 | 2024-12-28 | 2,006,000,000 | 493,000,000 | 7.62 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q2 | 2025-03-29 | 2,150,000,000 | 479,000,000 | 8.24 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q3 | 2025-06-28 | 2,237,000,000 | 493,000,000 | 8.47 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q4 | 2025-09-30 | 2,437,000,000 | 609,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2026-Q1 | 2025-12-27 | 2,285,000,000 | 445,000,000 | 6.62 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2026-Q2 | 2026-03-28 | 2,544,000,000 | 536,000,000 | 9.20 | reported discrete quarter |
Quarterly Charts
Macro Cross-References
- CPIAUCSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items in U.S. City Average
- UNRATE - Unemployment Rate
- FEDFUNDS - Federal Funds Effective Rate
- CES0500000003 - Average Hourly Earnings of All Employees, Total Private
- DFEDTARU - Federal Funds Target Range - Upper Limit
- DFEDTARL - Federal Funds Target Range - Lower Limit
- DGS3MO - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 3-Month Constant Maturity
- DGS2 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 2-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS10 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 10-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS30 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 30-Year Constant Maturity
- T10Y2Y - 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity Minus 2-Year Treasury Constant Maturity
- CPILFESL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items Less Food and Energy
- CPIUFDSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Food
- CPIENGSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Energy
- CUSR0000SAH1 - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Shelter
- PCEPI - Personal Consumption Expenditures: Chain-type Price Index
- PCEPILFE - Personal Consumption Expenditures Excluding Food and Energy: Chain-type Price Index
- PPIACO - Producer Price Index by Commodity: All Commodities
- T10YIE - 10-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate
- U6RATE - Total Unemployed, Plus All Marginally Attached Workers Plus Total Employed Part Time for Economic Reasons
- PAYEMS - All Employees, Total Nonfarm
- CIVPART - Labor Force Participation Rate
- EMRATIO - Employment-Population Ratio
- UNEMPLOY - Unemployed
- CE16OV - Employment Level
- ICSA - Initial Claims
- JTSJOL - Job Openings: Total Nonfarm
- JTSQUR - Quits: Total Nonfarm
- GDPC1 - Real Gross Domestic Product
- A191RL1Q225SBEA - Real Gross Domestic Product: Percent Change from Preceding Period
- INDPRO - Industrial Production: Total Index
- TCU - Capacity Utilization: Total Index
- HOUST - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Started: Total Units
- PERMIT - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Authorized in Permit-Issuing Places: Total Units
- RSAFS - Advance Retail Sales: Retail Trade
- PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- DSPIC96 - Real Disposable Personal Income
- PSAVERT - Personal Saving Rate
- M2SL - M2
- BOPGSTB - U.S. International Trade in Goods and Services: Balance
- MSPUS - Median Sales Price of Houses Sold for the United States
- HSN1F - New One Family Houses Sold: United States
- RHORUSQ156N - Homeownership Rate in the United States
- TTLCONS - Total Construction Spending: Total Construction in the United States
- RRVRUSQ156N - Rental Vacancy Rate in the United States
- TOTALSL - Total Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- REVOLSL - Revolving Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- DRCCLACBS - Delinquency Rate on Credit Card Loans, All Commercial Banks
- GDP - Gross Domestic Product
- GPDI - Gross Private Domestic Investment
- GCE - Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment
- PCEC - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- NETEXP - Net Exports of Goods and Services
- GFDEBTN - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt
- GFDEGDQ188S - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt as Percent of Gross Domestic Product
- FYFSD - Federal Surplus or Deficit
- FGRECPT - Federal Government Current Receipts
- FGEXPND - Federal Government: Current Expenditures
- MANEMP - All Employees, Manufacturing
- USCONS - All Employees, Construction
- USTRADE - All Employees, Retail Trade
- USFIRE - All Employees, Financial Activities
- USGOVT - All Employees, Government
- AWHAETP - Average Weekly Hours of All Employees, Total Private
- DGORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Durable Goods
- NEWORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Nondefense Capital Goods Excluding Aircraft
- BUSINV - Total Business Inventories
- EXPGS - Exports of Goods and Services
- IMPGS - Imports of Goods and Services
- IR - Import Price Index (End Use): All Commodities
- PPIFIS - Producer Price Index by Commodity: Final Demand
Latest quarter (10-Q)
Latest 10-Q source: 0001260221-26-000040.
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Forward-looking Statements
The following discussion of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read together with TD Group’s condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. References in this section to “TransDigm,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar references refer to TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm Inc.’s subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise indicates.
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains both historical and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical fact included that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements, including, in particular, the statements about our plans, objectives, strategies and prospects regarding, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations and business. We have identified some of these forward-looking statements with words like “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “predict,” “anticipate,” “estimate” or “continue” and other words and terms of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements may be contained throughout this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations about future events affecting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to, among other things, our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we do not know whether our expectations will prove correct. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties, including the risks described in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. Since our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements, we cannot give any assurance that any of the events anticipated by these forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them does occur, what impact they will have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake any obligation to update these forward-looking statements or the risk factors contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q to reflect new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under federal securities laws.
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements made in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q include but are not limited to: the sensitivity of our business to the number of flight hours that our customers’ planes spend aloft and our customers’ profitability, both of which are affected by general economic conditions; supply chain constraints; increases in raw material costs, taxes and labor costs that cannot be recovered in product pricing; failure to complete or successfully integrate acquisitions; our indebtedness; current and future geopolitical or other worldwide events, including, without limitation, wars or conflicts and public health crises; cybersecurity threats; risks related to the transition or physical impacts of climate change and other natural disasters or meeting regulatory requirements; our reliance on certain customers; the United States (“U.S.”) defense budget and risks associated with being a government supplier including government audits and investigations; failure to maintain government or industry approvals; risks related to changes in laws and regulations, including increases in compliance costs and potential changes in trade policies and tariffs; potential environmental liabilities; liabilities arising in connection with litigation; risks and costs associated with our international sales and operations; and other factors. Refer to Part II, Item 1A included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and to Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the foregoing factors that may affect our business.
Overview
We believe we are a leading global designer, producer and supplier of highly engineered proprietary aerospace components with significant aftermarket content. We seek to develop highly customized products to solve specific needs for aircraft operators and manufacturers. We attempt to differentiate ourselves based on engineering, service and manufacturing capabilities. We believe that our products have strong brand names within the industry and that we have a reputation for high quality, reliability and strong customer support. We believe we have achieved steady, long-term growth in sales and improvements in operating performance due to our competitive strengths and through execution of our value-driven operating strategy. More specifically, focusing our businesses on our value-driven operating strategy of obtaining profitable new business, carefully controlling the cost structure via productivity and cost improvements and pricing our highly engineered value-added products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so has historically resulted in improvements in gross profit and income from operations over the long-term.
Our selective acquisition strategy has also been an important contribution to the growth of our business. We maintain a selective acquisition strategy, concentrating on proprietary commercial aerospace component businesses with significant aftermarket content where we see a clear path to value creation through the application of our three core value drivers. The integration of acquisitions into our existing businesses combined with implementing our proven operating strategy has historically resulted in improvements in the financial performance of the acquired businesses.
23
Table of Contents
For the second quarter of fiscal 2026, we generated net sales of $2,544 million and net income attributable to TD Group of $535 million. EBITDA As Defined was $1,337 million, or 52.6% of net sales. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for certain information regarding EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined, including reconciliations of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined to net income and net cash provided by operating activities.
For the first half of fiscal 2026, demand for air travel remained strong both domestically and internationally. Commercial aftermarket sales increased in the first half of fiscal 2026 compared to fiscal 2025 primarily due to the overall demand for air travel - both domestic and international. Passenger load factors remain strong.
Our commercial transport original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) shipments and revenues generally run ahead of aircraft delivery schedules. Consistent with prior years, our first half of fiscal 2026 shipments were a function of, among other things, the estimated 2025 and 2026 commercial aircraft production rates for Boeing and Airbus. Airline demand for new aircraft remains high and the OEMs continue to increase aircraft production. Commercial OEM sales increased in the first half of fiscal 2026 compared to fiscal 2025 partially due to the prior year Boeing union strike adversely impacting fiscal 2025 OEM sales, as well as overall increases beginning in the latter half of fiscal 2025 and thus far in fiscal 2026 in aircraft production and deliveries by the OEMs.
Our defense business fluctuates from year-to-year, and is dependent, to a degree, on government budget constraints, the timing of orders, macro and micro dynamics with respect to the U.S. Department of War (“DOW”) procurement policy and the extent of global conflicts. Likewise, delays in government spending outlays and government funding reprioritization can impact demand. For a variety of reasons, the military spending outlook is very uncertain, though recent DOW budgets have trended upwards due to recent geopolitical challenge and conflicts, and current military modernization efforts. Defense sales increased in the first half of fiscal 2026 compared to fiscal 2025 primarily due to continued growth in defense spending in both domestic and international markets.
The ongoing conflict in the Middle East could lead to significant disruption of global energy supplies and increases in global energy prices, adversely affect global supply chains, heighten inflationary pressures and adversely affect commercial air travel. To date, we have not seen a significant change in commercial aftermarket ordering activity relative to levels prior to the start of the conflict. We are continuing to monitor the evolving macroeconomic environment, however at this time we do not expect these factors to result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated unaudited interim financial statements and accompanying notes included in this report are the responsibility of management. The financial statements and footnotes have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial statements and contain certain amounts that were based upon management’s best estimates, judgments and assumptions that were believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate the accounting policies and estimates used to prepare financial statements. Estimates are based on historical experience, judgments and assumptions believed to be reasonable under current facts and circumstances. Actual amounts and results could differ from these estimates used by management.
A comprehensive discussion of the Company’s critical accounting policies and management estimates and significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the financial statements is included in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025, filed on November 12, 2025. Refer to Note 1, “Basis of Presentation,” in the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements included herein for further disclosure of accounting standards recently adopted or required to be adopted in the future.
Acquisitions
Recent acquisitions are described in Note 2, “Acquisitions,” in the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements included herein.
24
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain operating data of the Company, including presentation of the amounts as a percentage of net sales (amounts in millions, except per share data):
[[GREPCENT_TABLE]]
[["","Thirteen Week Periods Ended"],["","March 28, 2026","","% of Net Sales","","March 29, 2025","","% of Net Sales"],["Net sales","$","2,544","","","100.0","%","","$","2,150","","","100.0","%"],["Cost of sales","1,033","","","40.6","%","","876","","","40.7","%"],["Selling and administrative expenses","273","","","10.7","%","","236","","","11.0","%"],["Amortization of intangible assets","60","","","2.4","%","","47","","","2.2","%"],["Income from operations","1,178","","","46.3","%","","991","","","46.1","%"],["Interest expense-net","484","","","19.0","%","","378","","","17.6","%"],["Other income","(6)","","","(0.2)","%","","(9)","","","(0.4)","%"],["Income tax provision","164","","","6.4","%","","143","","","6.7","%"
[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]
Latest 10-K MD&A
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with TD Group’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the heading entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this report. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.
Overview
We believe we are a leading global designer, producer and supplier of highly engineered proprietary aerospace components with significant aftermarket content. We seek to develop highly customized products to solve specific needs for aircraft operators and manufacturers. We attempt to differentiate ourselves based on engineering, service and manufacturing capabilities. We believe that our products have strong brand names within the industry and that we have a reputation for high quality, reliability and strong customer support. We believe we have achieved steady, long-term growth in sales and improvements in operating performance we believe that due to our competitive strengths and through execution of our value-driven operating strategy. More specifically, focusing our businesses on our value-driven operating strategy of obtaining profitable new business, carefully controlling the cost structure via productivity and cost improvements and pricing our highly engineered value-added products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so has historically resulted in improvements in gross profit and income from operations over the long-term.
Our selective acquisition strategy has also been an important contribution to the growth of our business. We maintain a selective acquisition strategy, concentrating on proprietary commercial aerospace component businesses with significant aftermarket content where we see a clear path to value creation through the application of our three core value drivers. The integration of acquisitions into our existing businesses combined with implementing our proven operating strategy has historically resulted in improvements in the financial performance of the acquired businesses.
For fiscal year 2025, we generated net sales of $8,831 million, gross profit of $5,311 million or 60.1% of net sales, and net income attributable to TD Group of $2,074 million.
In fiscal 2025, demand for air travel remained strong both domestically and internationally. Commercial aftermarket sales increased in fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024 primarily due to the overall demand for air travel resulting in higher flight hours and utilization of passenger and freight aircraft as global air traffic continues to surpass pre-pandemic levels. In recent months, international air traffic growth has been outpacing domestic growth. Passenger load factors remain strong and have reached record levels in recent months in certain markets.
Our commercial transport OEM shipments and revenues generally run ahead of aircraft delivery schedules. Consistent with prior years, our fiscal 2025 shipments were a function of, among other things, the estimated 2025 and 2026 commercial aircraft production rates for Boeing and Airbus. Airline demand for new aircraft remains high and the OEMs are working to increase aircraft production. However, aircraft production rates remain well below pre-pandemic levels as the struggles in the OEM supply chain and labor challenges persist, along with geopolitical challenges, though progress continues to be made in the build rates. Airbus has also encountered difficulties in ramping up production. For fiscal 2025, the impact across TransDigm's operating units was uneven and varied, resulting in consolidated commercial OEM sales decreasing compared to fiscal 2024.
Our defense business fluctuates from year-to-year, and is dependent, to a degree, on government budget constraints, the timing of orders, macro and micro dynamics with respect to the DOD procurement policy and the extent of global conflicts, such as the ongoing geopolitical conflicts. Likewise, delays in government spending outlays and government funding reprioritization can impact demand. For a variety of reasons, the military spending outlook is very uncertain, though recent DOD budgets have trended upwards due to recent geopolitical challenge and conflicts, and current military modernization efforts. Defense sales in fiscal 2025 increased compared to fiscal 2024 primarily due to continued U.S. Government defense spend outlays.
At various points in 2025, the U.S. Government announced new or higher tariffs on goods imported into the U.S. from numerous countries resulting in multiple countries countering with reciprocal tariffs and other actions in response. Negotiations between the U.S. and other countries regarding the tariffs are ongoing and their status continues to evolve. TransDigm is primarily a domestic manufacturer. Because of this, tariffs did not have a significant impact on our fiscal 2025 operating results and we do not expect the tariffs to have a significant impact on our fiscal 2026 operating results. However, we continue to monitor the developments on tariffs and other changes in trade policy for its potential impact on the economic environment and on our business and operating results.
18
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain operating data of the Company, including presentation of the amounts as a percentage of net sales (amounts in millions, except per share data):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | % of Net Sales | 2024 | % of Net Sales | ||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 8,831 | 100.0 | % | $ | 7,940 | 100.0 | % | |||||
| Cost of sales | 3,520 | 39.9 | % | 3,268 | 41.2 | % | |||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses | 945 | 10.7 | % | 980 | 12.3 | % | |||||||
| Amortization of intangible assets | 201 | 2.3 | % | 161 | 2.0 | % | |||||||
| Income from operations | 4,165 | 47.2 | % | 3,531 | 44.5 | % | |||||||
| Interest expense-net | 1,572 | 17.8 | % | 1,286 | 16.2 | % | |||||||
| Refinancing costs | 11 | 0.1 | % | 58 | 0.7 | % | |||||||
| Other income | (47) | (0.5) | % | (28) | (0.4) | % | |||||||
| Income tax provision | 555 | 6.3 | % | 500 | 6.3 | % | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations | 2,074 | 23.5 | % | 1,715 | 21.6 | % | |||||||
| Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests | — | — | % | (1) | — | % | |||||||
| Net income attributable to TD Group | $ | 2,074 | 23.5 | % | $ | 1,714 | 21.6 | % | |||||
| Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders | $ | 1,866 | (1) | 21.1 | % | $ | 1,481 | (1) | 18.7 | % | |||
| Earnings per share attributable to TD Group common stockholders: | |||||||||||||
| Basic and diluted | $ | 32.08 | (2) | $ | 25.62 | (2) | |||||||
| Cash dividends declared per common share | $ | 90.00 | $ | 110.00 | |||||||||
| Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted | 58.2 | 57.8 | |||||||||||
| Other Data: | |||||||||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 4,568 | (3) | $ | 3,813 | (3) | |||||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 4,760 | (3) | 53.9 | % | $ | 4,173 | (3) | 52.6 | % |
(1)Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders represents net income attributable to TD Group less special dividends declared or paid on participating securities, including dividend equivalents of $208 million and $233 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
(2)Earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders by the basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding. Figures in the table may not recalculate exactly due to rounding. Earnings per share is calculated using unrounded numbers.
(3)Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure.
19
Table of Contents
Changes in Results of Operations
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2024
Total Company
•Net Sales. Net organic sales and acquisition sales and the related dollar and percentage changes for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | % Change Net Sales | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2025 | September 30, 2024 | Change | ||||||||||||
| Organic sales | $ | 8,510 | $ | 7,895 | $ | 615 | 7.7 | % | ||||||
| Acquisition sales | 321 | 45 | 276 | 3.5 | % | |||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 8,831 | $ | 7,940 | $ | 891 | 11.2 | % |
Organic sales represent net sales from existing businesses owned by the Company, excluding sales from acquisitions. Acquisition sales represent net sales from acquired businesses for the period up to one year from the respective acquisition date. We believe this measure provides investors with a supplemental understanding of underlying sales trends by providing sales growth on a consistent basis. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for information on the Company's recent acquisitions.
The increase in organic sales of $615 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 is primarily related to increases in defense and commercial aftermarket.
•Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Cost of sales increased by $252 million or 7.7%, to $3,520 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 compared to $3,268 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. Cost of sales and the related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2025 | September 30, 2024 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
| Cost of sales - excluding costs below | $ | 3,536 | $ | 3,241 | $ | 295 | 9.1 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 40.0 | % | 40.8 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense | 15 | 21 | (6) | (28.6) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.2 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||
| Inventory step-up amortization | 10 | 21 | (11) | (52.4) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||
| Foreign currency losses | 10 | 20 | (10) | (50.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||
| Loss contract amortization | (51) | (35) | (16) | (45.7) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | (0.6) | % | (0.4) | % | ||||||||||
| Total cost of sales | $ | 3,520 | $ | 3,268 | $ | 252 | 7.7 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 39.9 | % | 41.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Gross profit (Net sales less Total cost of sales) | $ | 5,311 | $ | 4,672 | $ | 639 | 13.7 | % | ||||||
| Gross profit percentage (Gross profit / Net sales) | 60.1 | % | 58.8 | % |
Cost of sales during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 decreased as a percentage of net sales. This was primarily driven by the application of our three core value-driven operating strategy (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers) coupled with fixed overhead costs spread over higher production volume.
Foreign exchange rates continue to fluctuate; the loss is primarily attributable to the continued weakening of the U.S. dollar. Loss contract amortization fluctuates primarily based on the rate of actual to forecasted shipments of the products covered under the onerous contract.
20
Table of Contents
•Selling and Administrative Expenses. Selling and administrative expenses decreased by $35 million to $945 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025. The related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2025 | September 30, 2024 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses - excluding costs below | $ | 779 | $ | 738 | $ | 41 | 5.6 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 8.8 | % | 9.3 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense | 142 | 196 | (54) | (27.6) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 1.6 | % | 2.5 | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition transaction and integration-related expenses | 24 | 46 | (22) | (47.8) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.3 | % | 0.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Total selling and administrative expenses | $ | 945 | $ | 980 | $ | (35) | (3.6) | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 10.7 | % | 12.3 | % |
The decrease in non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense is primarily attributable to the appreciation of the stock price at a higher rate in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2025, as the stock price is a key input used to determine the Black-Scholes fair value for the non-cash stock compensation expense, and lower deferred compensation expense.
•Interest Expense-net. Interest expense-net includes interest on borrowings outstanding, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount, revolving credit facility fees, finance leases, interest income and the impact of interest rate swaps, caps and collars designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges. Interest expense-net increased $286 million, or 22.2%, to $1,572 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 from $1,286 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. The increase in interest expense-net was primarily due to an increase in outstanding borrowings (refer to Note 10, “Debt” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for information on our debt) and a decrease in interest income. The weighted average interest rate for cash interest payments on total borrowings outstanding was 6.3% for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024.
•Income Tax Provision. Income tax expense as a percentage of income before income taxes was approximately 21.1% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 compared to 22.6% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. Refer to Note 12, “Income Taxes”, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.
•Earnings per Share. Basic and diluted earnings per share was $32.08 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 and $25.62 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2025 of $2,074 million was decreased by dividend equivalents of $208 million, or $3.58 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $1,866 million. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 of $1,714 million was decreased by dividend equivalents of $233 million, or $4.02 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $1,481 million.
Business Segments
•Segment Net Sales. Net sales by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | % of Net Sales | 2024 | % of Net Sales | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 4,559 | 51.6 | % | $ | 3,966 | 49.9 | % | $ | 593 | 15.0 | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 4,112 | 46.6 | % | 3,809 | 48.0 | % | 303 | 8.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 160 | 1.8 | % | 165 | 2.1 | % | (5) | (3.0) | % | |||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 8,831 | 100.0 | % | $ | 7,940 | 100.0 | % | $ | 891 | 11.2 | % |
Net sales for the Power & Control segment increased $593 million primarily from increases in organic sales in defense, commercial aftermarket and commercial OEM.
Net sales for the Airframe segment increased $303 million primarily from increases in organic sales in defense and commercial aftermarket.
21
Table of Contents
•EBITDA As Defined. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure. EBITDA As Defined by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | % of Segment Net Sales | 2024 | % of Segment Net Sales | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 2,595 | 56.9 | % | $ | 2,251 | 56.8 | % | $ | 344 | 15.3 | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 2,210 | 53.7 | % | 1,962 | 51.5 | % | 248 | 12.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 67 | 41.9 | % | 66 | 40.0 | % | 1 | 1.5 | % | |||||||||||
| Total segment EBITDA As Defined | 4,872 | 55.2 | % | 4,279 | 53.9 | % | 593 | 13.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Less: Unallocated corporate EBITDA As Defined | 112 | 1.3 | % | (1) | 106 | 1.3 | % | (1) | 6 | 5.7 | % | |||||||||
| Total Company EBITDA As Defined | $ | 4,760 | 53.9 | % | (1) | $ | 4,173 | 52.6 | % | (1) | $ | 587 | 14.1 | % |
(1)Calculated as a percentage of consolidated net sales.
EBITDA As Defined for the Power & Control and Airframe segments increased $344 million and $248 million, respectively, due to the increase in net sales described above, along with our application of our three core value-driven operating strategy.
Unallocated corporate EBITDA As Defined consists primarily of corporate expenses which includes compensation, benefits, professional services and other administrative costs incurred by our corporate offices.
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2023
For our results of operations for fiscal 2024 compared with fiscal 2023, refer to the discussion in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” of Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2024.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have historically maintained a capital structure comprising a mix of equity and debt financing. We vary our leverage both to optimize our equity return and to pursue acquisitions. We expect to meet our current debt obligations as they come due through internally generated funds from current levels of operations and/or through refinancing in the debt markets prior to the maturity dates of our debt.
The following tables present selected balance sheet, cash flow and other financial data relevant to the liquidity or capital resources of the Company for the periods specified below (amounts in millions):
| September 30, 2025 | September 30, 2024 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Selected Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 2,808 | $ | 6,261 | ||
| Working capital (Total current assets less total current liabilities) | 4,830 | 3,690 | ||||
| Total assets | 22,909 | 25,586 | ||||
| Total debt (1) | 30,015 | 24,880 | ||||
| TD Group stockholders’ deficit | (9,686) | (6,290) |
(1)Includes debt issuance costs and original issue discount. Refer to Note 10, “Debt,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.
22
Table of Contents
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Selected Cash Flow and Other Financial Data: | ||||||
| Cash flows provided by (used in): | ||||||
| Operating activities | $ | 2,038 | $ | 2,045 | ||
| Investing activities | (595) | (2,441) | ||||
| Financing activities | (4,900) | 3,171 | ||||
| Capital expenditures | 222 | 165 | ||||
| Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1) | 2.7x | 2.7x |
(1)For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount and the “interest component” of rental expense.
Significant Transactions of Fiscal 2025 and Subsequent Events
Debt Financing
During fiscal 2025, the Company completed approximately $11,000 million in debt financing transactions, inclusive of new issuances and refinancing of existing debt. Below is further information on the significant debt financing transactions occurring in fiscal 2025:
•On May 20, 2025, the Company completed the issuance of $2,650 million in 6.375% senior subordinated notes due 2033 (the “6.375% 2033 Notes”), which the net proceeds of approximately $2,615 million, along with existing cash on hand, were used to redeem all of its outstanding $2,650 million in 5.500% senior subordinated notes due 2027 (the “5.500% 2027 Notes”). The redemption occurred on June 20, 2025.
•On July 11, 2025, the Company amended its Securitization Facility to, among other things, (i) increase the borrowing capacity from $650 million to $725 million; and (ii) extend the maturity date to July 10, 2026 at an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 1.35% compared to an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 1.45% that applied prior to the amendment. Prior to the amendment, the Securitization Facility was fully drawn. As of September 30, 2025, the Securitization Facility was fully drawn as the remaining $75 million available was drawn in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025.
•On August 19, 2025, the Company completed $5,000 million in new debt issuances. The new debt was comprised of the following: (i) $500 million in aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes due 2034 in a private offering at an issue price of 100% that bear interest at a rate of 6.250% (the “2034 Secured Notes”); (ii) $2,000 million in aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes due 2034 at an issue price of 100% that bear interest at a rate of 6.750% (the “6.750% 2034 Notes”); and (iii) $2,500 million of Tranche M term loans that bear interest at a rate of Term SOFR plus 2.50%. Original issue discount of 0.25%, or approximately $6 million, was paid to the lenders of the Tranche M term loans. The proceeds from the August 19, 2025 new debt issuances were used, along with existing cash on hand, to fund a $90.00 special dividend declaration on each outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on eligible vested options outstanding under its stock option plans further described below.
•On September 17, 2025, the Company (i) repriced all of its $1,686 million in existing Tranche K term loans to bear interest at Term SOFR plus 2.25% compared to Term SOFR plus 2.75% applicable prior to the transaction; and (ii) amended and extended $1,857 million in existing Tranche I term loans maturing August 24, 2028 and converted such loans into new Tranche K term loans maturing March 22, 2030 (collectively, the “Tranche K term loans” referred to herein are comprised of the existing Tranche K term loans and new Tranche K term loans as described above).
Acquisitions
During fiscal 2025, the Company completed approximately $413 million in acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired, including the acquisition of Servotronics, Inc. (“Servotronics”) completed on July 1, 2025 via a tender offer for approximately $133 million in cash. All fiscal 2025 acquisitions were financed using existing cash on hand.
On October 6, 2025, the Company completed the acquisition of all the outstanding stock of the Simmonds Precision Products, Inc. Business (“Simmonds”) of Goodrich Corporation from RTX Corporation for approximately $757 million in cash. The acquisition was financed using existing cash on hand. The definitive agreement to acquire Simmonds was previously signed on June 30, 2025.
23
Table of Contents
Special Dividends
On October 18, 2024, the Company paid a special cash dividend of $75.00 per outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on eligible vested options outstanding under its stock option plans, which was authorized and declared in September 2024 (fiscal 2024). The total cash payment in October 2024 (fiscal 2025) of special dividend and dividend equivalents from this declaration, which was funded by a combination of (i) $3,000 million in new senior secured debt issued on September 19, 2024; and (ii) existing cash on hand, was approximately $4,216 million in special dividends and $132 million in cash dividend equivalent payments.
On August 20, 2025, the Company's Board of Directors authorized and declared a special cash dividend of $90.00 per outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on eligible vested options outstanding under its stock option plans. The total cash payment in September 2025 of special dividend and dividend equivalents from this declaration, which was funded by a combination of (i) $5,000 million in new senior secured and unsecured debt issued on August 19, 2025 (as noted above); and (ii) existing cash on hand, was approximately $5,073 million in special dividends and $159 million in cash dividend equivalent payments.
Common Stock Repurchases
At various points in fiscal 2025, the Company repurchased, in aggregate, 401,036 shares of common stock at an average price of $1,246.71 per share for a total amount of $500 million.
In October 2025, the Company repurchased 79,959 shares of common stock at an average price of $1,249.90 per share for a total amount of $100 million. Whether the Company undertakes additional share repurchases or other aforementioned activities will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company's liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors.
In November 2025, the Board of Directors authorized an additional $5,000 million in share repurchases of common stock permissible under the Company’s existing stock repurchase program, subject to any restrictions specified in the Credit Agreement and indentures governing the existing Subordinated and Secured Notes.
* * * * *
If the Company has excess cash, it generally prioritizes allocating the excess cash in the following manner: (1) capital spending at existing businesses, (2) acquisitions of businesses, (3) payment of a special dividend and/or repurchases of our common stock and (4) prepayment of indebtedness or repurchase of debt.
The Company’s ability to make scheduled interest payments on, or to refinance, the Company’s indebtedness, or to fund non-acquisition related capital expenditures and research and development efforts, will depend on the Company’s ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond its control.
The Company's objective is to maintain an allocation of at least 75% fixed rate and 25% variable rate debt thereby limiting its exposure to changes in near-term interest rates. Interest rate swaps, caps and collars used to hedge and offset, respectively, the variable interest rates on our term loans are further described in Note 18, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein. As of September 30, 2025, approximately 75% of our gross debt was fixed rate.
As of September 30, 2025, the Company has significant cash liquidity as illustrated in the table presented below (in millions):
| As of September 30, 2025 | ||
|---|---|---|
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 2,808 |
| Availability on revolving credit facility | 857 | |
| Cash liquidity | $ | 3,665 |
We believe our significant cash liquidity will allow us to meet our anticipated funding requirements. We expect to meet our short-term cash liquidity requirements (including interest obligations and capital expenditures) through net cash from operating activities, cash on hand and, if needed, draws on the revolving credit facility. Long-term cash liquidity requirements consist primarily of obligations under our long-term debt agreements. There is no maturity on any tranche of term loans or notes until August 2028 (fiscal 2028).
The Company estimates its capital expenditures in fiscal year 2026 to be approximately 2.50% to 3.25% of net sales. The Company’s capital expenditures incurred from year-to-year are funded using existing cash on hand and are primarily for projects that are consistent with our three core value-driven operating strategy (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers) such as automation projects.
24
Table of Contents
In connection with the continued application of our three core value-driven operating strategy, we expect our efforts will continue to generate strong margins and provide sufficient cash provided by operating activities to meet our interest obligations and liquidity needs. We believe our cash provided by operating activities and available borrowing capacity will enable us to make strategic business acquisitions, pay dividends to our shareholders and make opportunistic investments in our own stock, subject to any restrictions in our existing Credit Agreement and market conditions.
The Company may issue additional debt if prevailing market conditions are favorable to doing so. In addition, the Company may increase its borrowings in connection with acquisitions, if cash flow from operating activities becomes insufficient to fund current operations or for other short-term cash needs or for common stock repurchases or dividends. Our future leverage will also be impacted by the then current conditions of the credit markets.
Operating Activities. The Company generated $2,038 million of net cash from operating activities during fiscal 2025 compared to $2,045 million during fiscal 2024.
The change in trade accounts receivable during fiscal 2025 was a use of cash of $212 million compared to a use of cash of $84 million in fiscal 2024. The increase is primarily attributable to increased revenue. The Company actively manages its accounts receivable, the related agings and collection efforts.
The change in inventories during fiscal 2025 was a use of cash of $156 million compared to a use of cash of $104 million in fiscal 2024. The increase is due to an increase in raw materials to support the fiscal 2026 sales demand. The Company manages inventory levels in support of customer needs.
The change in accounts payable during fiscal 2025 was a source of cash of $38 million compared to a use of cash of $11 million in fiscal 2024. The change is due to the timing of payments to suppliers.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $595 million during fiscal 2025, consisting of $419 million from the acquisition of Servotronics and other acquisitions of businesses completed during fiscal 2025 and capital expenditures of $222 million; partially offset by other investing transactions, net, of $46 million.
Net cash used in investing activities was $2,441 million during fiscal 2024, consisting of $2,347 million from the acquisitions of Raptor Scientific, the Electron Device Business of Communications & Power Industries (“CPI's Electron Device Business”) and other acquisitions of businesses completed during fiscal 2024 and capital expenditures of $165 million; partially offset by other investing transactions, net, of $71 million.
Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $4,900 million during fiscal 2025. The use of cash was primarily attributable to special dividend and dividend equivalent payments of $9,629 million plus repurchases of common stock of $500 million; partially offset by the net proceeds of short-term and long-term debt, including fees, of $5,063 million plus proceeds from stock option exercises of $166 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $3,171 million during fiscal 2024. The source of cash was primarily attributable to the net proceeds of short-term and long-term debt, including fees, of $4,965 million plus proceeds from stock option exercises of $245 million; partially offset by special dividend and dividend equivalent payments of $2,038 million.
Description of Senior Secured Term Loans and Indentures
Senior Secured Term Loans Facility
TransDigm has $11,124 million in fully drawn term loans under the Term Loans Facility as of September 30, 2025 and a $910 million revolving credit facility. The Term Loans Facility consists of four tranches of term loans (refer to Note 10, “Debt” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for information on our term loans).
The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of approximately $28 million. The revolving commitments consist of two tranches which include up to $139 million of multicurrency revolving commitments. At September 30, 2025, the Company had $53 million in letters of credit outstanding and $857 million in borrowings available under the revolving commitments. Draws on the revolving commitments are subject to an interest rate of 2.25%. The unused portion of the revolving commitments is subject to a fee of 0.50% per annum. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility is February 27, 2029.
The interest rates per annum applicable to the Term Loans Facility under the Credit Agreement are, at TransDigm’s option, equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted Term SOFR for one, three or six-month interest periods chosen by TransDigm, in each case plus an applicable margin percentage. The adjusted Term SOFR related to the Term Loans Facility are not subject to a floor. Refer to Note 18, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for information about how our interest rate swaps, cap and collar agreements are used to hedge and offset, respectively, the variable interest rate portion of our debt.
25
Table of Contents
Indentures
The following table represents the senior subordinated and secured notes outstanding as of September 30, 2025:
| Description | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2028 Secured Notes (2) | $2,100 million | August 15, 2028 | 6.750% | |||
| 4.625% 2029 Notes (1) | $1,200 million | January 15, 2029 | 4.625% | |||
| 2029 Secured Notes (2) | $2,750 million | March 1, 2029 | 6.375% | |||
| 4.875% 2029 Notes (1) | $750 million | May 1, 2029 | 4.875% | |||
| 2030 Secured Notes (2) | $1,450 million | December 15, 2030 | 6.875% | |||
| 2031 Secured Notes (2) | $1,000 million | December 1, 2031 | 7.125% | |||
| 2032 Secured Notes (2) | $2,200 million | March 1, 2032 | 6.625% | |||
| 2033 Secured Notes (2) | $1,500 million | January 15, 2033 | 6.000% | |||
| 6.375% 2033 Notes (1) | $2,650 million | May 31, 2033 | 6.375% | |||
| 2034 Secured Notes (2) | $500 million | January 31, 2034 | 6.250% | |||
| 6.750% 2034 Notes (1) | $2,000 million | January 31, 2034 | 6.750% |
(1)Collectively, referred to as the “Subordinated Notes” herein.
(2)Collectively, referred to as the “Secured Notes” herein.
The Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes do not require principal payments prior to their maturity. Interest under the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes is payable semi-annually. The Subordinated Notes represent our unsecured obligations ranking subordinate to our senior debt, as defined in the applicable indentures. The Secured Notes represent our secured obligations ranking equally to all existing and future senior debt, as defined in the applicable indentures. The Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes contain many of the restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement. TransDigm is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes.
Guarantor Information
The Subordinated Notes are subordinated to all of our existing and future senior secured debt, including indebtedness under TransDigm’s existing senior secured credit facilities, rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our future debt that is expressly subordinated to the Subordinated Notes. The 4.625% 2029 Notes and the 4.875% 2029 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by TransDigm Group, TransDigm UK and TransDigm Inc.’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indentures). The 6.375% 2033 Notes and the 6.750% 2034 Notes are guaranteed, on a senior subordinated basis, by TransDigm Group and each of TransDigm Inc.’s direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries that is a borrower or guarantor under TransDigm’s senior secured credit facilities or that issues or guarantees any capital markets indebtedness of TransDigm or any of the guarantors in an aggregate principal amount of at least $200 million. The table set forth in Exhibit 22.1 filed with this Form 10-K details the primary obligors and guarantors. The guarantees of the Subordinated Notes are subordinated to all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of their future debt that is expressly subordinated to the guarantees of the Subordinated Notes. The Subordinated Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TransDigm Group’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
The Secured Notes are senior secured debt of TransDigm and rank equally in right of payment with all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior secured debt, including indebtedness under TransDigm’s existing senior secured credit facilities, and are senior in right of payment to all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the Subordinated Notes. The 2028 Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TransDigm Group, TransDigm UK and TransDigm Inc.’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indentures). The 2029 Secured Notes, 2030 Secured Notes, 2031 Secured Notes, 2032 Secured Notes, 2033 Secured Notes and 2034 Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TransDigm Group and each of TransDigm Inc.’s direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indenture) that is a borrower or guarantor under TransDigm’s senior secured credit facilities or that issues or guarantees any capital markets indebtedness of TransDigm Inc. or any of the guarantors in an aggregate principal amount of at least $200 million. As of the date of this Form 10-K, the guarantors of the 2029 Secured Notes, 2030 Secured Notes, 2031 Secured Notes, 2032 Secured Notes, 2033 Secured Notes and 2034 Secured Notes are the same as the guarantors of the 2028 Secured Notes. The table set forth in Exhibit 22.1 filed with this Form 10-K details the primary obligors and guarantors. The guarantees of the Secured Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior secured debt and are senior in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt. The Secured Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TransDigm’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
26
Table of Contents
Separate financial statements of TransDigm Inc. are not presented because the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis (if Subordinated Notes) and senior secured basis (if Secured Notes) by TransDigm Group, TransDigm UK and all of TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. TransDigm Group has no significant operations or assets separate from its investment in TransDigm Inc.
The financial information presented is that of TransDigm Group, TransDigm Inc. and the other Guarantors, which includes TransDigm UK, on a combined basis and the financial information of non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries has been excluded. Intercompany balances and transactions between TransDigm Group, TransDigm Inc. and the other Guarantors have been eliminated, and amounts due from, amounts due to, and transactions with non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries have been presented separately.
| (in millions) | September 30, 2025 | |
|---|---|---|
| Current assets | $ | 4,494 |
| Goodwill | 8,340 | |
| Other non-current assets | 4,003 | |
| Current liabilities | 1,048 | |
| Non-current liabilities | 30,014 | |
| Amounts due (from) to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors-net | (2,316) |
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||
|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | September 30, 2025 | |
| Net sales | $ | 6,994 |
| Sales to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors | 32 | |
| Cost of sales | 2,720 | |
| Expense from subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors-net | 84 | |
| Income from operations | 1,446 | |
| Net income attributable to TD Group | 1,446 |
Certain Restrictive Covenants in Our Debt Documents
The Credit Agreement and the indentures governing the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of special dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, liens and encumbrances, and prepayments of certain other indebtedness.
The restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement are subject to amendments executed periodically. The most recent amendment that impacted the restrictive covenants contained in the Credit Agreement is Amendment No. 15, executed on March 22, 2024.
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, TransDigm is entitled, on one or more occasions, to request additional term loans or additional revolving commitments to the extent that the existing or new lenders agree to provide such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments provided that, among other conditions, our consolidated net leverage ratio would be no greater than 7.25x and the consolidated secured net debt ratio would be no greater than 5.00x, in each case, after giving effect to such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments.
If any such default occurs, the lenders under the Credit Agreement and the holders of the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under the Credit Agreement also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. In addition, following an event of default under the Credit Agreement, the lenders thereunder and the holders of the Secured Notes will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the debt, which includes our available cash, and they will also have the right to prevent us from making debt service payments on the Notes.
With the exception of the revolving credit facility, the Company has no maintenance covenants in its existing term loan and indenture agreements. Under the Credit Agreement, if the usage of the revolving credit facility exceeds 40% (or, currently, $364 million) of the total revolving commitments, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio of net debt to trailing four-quarter EBITDA As Defined of 7.50x (or, solely with respect to the first four fiscal quarters ending after the consummation of any material acquisition, 8.00x) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter.
As of September 30, 2025, the Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants and expects to remain in compliance with its debt covenants in subsequent periods.
27
Table of Contents
Trade Receivable Securitization Facility
The Company’s Securitization Facility effectively increases the Company’s borrowing capacity depending on the amount of the domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable. The Securitization Facility includes the right for the Company to exercise annual one year extensions as long as there have been no termination events as defined by the agreement. The Company uses the proceeds from the Securitization Facility as an alternative to other forms of debt, effectively reducing borrowing costs.
On July 11, 2025, the Company amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, (i) increase the borrowing capacity from $650 million to $725 million; and (ii) extend the maturity date to July 10, 2026 at an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 1.35% compared to an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 1.45% that applied prior to the amendment. Prior to the amendment, the Securitization Facility was fully drawn.
As of September 30, 2025, the Securitization Facility was fully drawn as the remaining $75 million available was drawn in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025. At September 30, 2025, the applicable interest rate was 5.67%. The Securitization Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash requirements from all significant contractual obligations as of September 30, 2025 (in millions):
| Total | Payment Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual | Less than | Between | Between | Over | |||||||||||||||
| Obligations | 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 3-5 Years | 5 Years | |||||||||||||||
| Senior Subordinated and Secured Notes (1) | $ | 18,100 | $ | — | $ | 2,100 | $ | 4,700 | $ | 11,300 | |||||||||
| Term Loans Facility (2) | 11,124 | 112 | 224 | 3,590 | 7,198 | ||||||||||||||
| Scheduled interest payments (3) | 10,144 | 1,865 | 3,531 | 2,761 | 1,987 | ||||||||||||||
| Securitization Facility | 725 | 725 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Finance leases | 562 | 22 | 51 | 52 | 437 | ||||||||||||||
| Operating leases | 81 | 19 | 28 | 14 | 20 | ||||||||||||||
| Total contractual cash obligations | $ | 40,736 | $ | 2,743 | $ | 5,934 | $ | 11,117 | $ | 20,942 |
(1)Represents principal maturities which excludes interest, debt issuance costs and original issue discount.
(2)Refer to Note 10, “Debt,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for information on the maturity date of each tranche of term loans. The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of approximately $28 million.
(3)Assumes that the variable interest rate on our existing term loans under our Term Loans Facility ranges from approximately 5.50% to 6.75% based on anticipated movements in Term SOFR, which given the ongoing volatility in rates, are highly uncertain. In addition, interest payments include the impact of the existing interest rate swap and collar agreements described in Note 18, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company utilizes letters of credit to back certain payment and performance obligations. Letters of credit are subject to limits based on amounts outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $53 million in letters of credit outstanding.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), which often requires the judgment of management in the selection and application of certain accounting principles and methods. Management believes that the quality and reasonableness of our most critical policies enable the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations. However, investors are cautioned that the sensitivity of financial statements to these methods, assumptions and estimates could create materially different results under different conditions or using different assumptions.
Below are those policies applied in preparing our financial statements that management believes are the most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. For additional significant accounting policies, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
28
Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue from contracts with customers using the five step model prescribed in ASC 606. A substantial portion of the Company's revenue is recorded at a point in time. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products or services when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied and control of promised goods or services have transferred to the customer. Control is transferred when the customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain benefits from the goods or services. Revenue is measured at the amount of consideration the Company expects to be paid in exchange for goods or services. In a limited number of contracts, control transfers to the customer over time, primarily in contracts where the customer is required to pay for the cost of both the finished and unfinished goods at the time of cancellation plus a reasonable profit relative to the work performed for products that were customized for the customer. Therefore, we recognize revenue over time for those agreements that have a right to margin and where the products being produced have no alternative use. For agreements with multiple performance obligations, judgment is required to determine whether performance obligations specified in these agreements are distinct and should be accounted for as separate revenue transactions for recognition purposes based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. The primary method used to estimate a standalone selling price is the price observed in standalone sales to customers for the same product or service. We consider the contractual consideration payable by the customer and assesses variable consideration that may affect the total transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the estimated transaction price when there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount, including whether the estimate should be constrained in order to avoid a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. These estimates are based on historical experience, anticipated performance under the terms of the contract and our best judgment at the time.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” the Company uses the acquisition method of accounting to allocate costs of acquired businesses to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess costs of acquired businesses over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized as goodwill. The valuations of the acquired assets and liabilities will impact the determination of future operating results. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, revenue growth rates and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) margins, discount rates, customer attrition rates, royalty rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. We determine the fair values of intangible assets acquired generally in consultation with third-party valuation advisors. Fair value adjustments to the Company’s assets and liabilities are recognized and the results of operations of the acquired business are included in our consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the merger or acquisition.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed or exchanged, regardless of the Company’s intent to do so. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of acquisition and are reviewed at least annually for impairment based on cash flow projections and fair value estimates.
U.S. GAAP requires that the annual, and any interim, goodwill impairment assessment be performed at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units have been identified at the operating unit level, which is one level below our operating segments. Substantially all goodwill was determined and recognized for each reporting unit pursuant to the accounting for the merger or acquisition as of the date of each transaction. With respect to acquisitions integrated into an existing reporting unit, any acquired goodwill is combined with the goodwill of the reporting unit.
Companies may perform a qualitative assessment as the initial step in the annual goodwill impairment testing process for all or selected reporting units. Companies are also allowed to bypass the qualitative analysis and perform a quantitative analysis if desired. Economic uncertainties and the length of time from the calculation of a baseline fair value are factors that we consider in determining whether to perform a quantitative test.
When we evaluate the potential for goodwill impairment using a qualitative assessment, we consider factors including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, entity specific factors such as strategy and changes in key personnel and overall financial performance. If, after completing this assessment, it is determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a quantitative impairment test. For the quantitative test, management determines the estimated fair value through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved for each reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the current carrying value, impairment of goodwill of the reporting unit is recognized. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model for impairment testing includes discount rates, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates are set by using the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) methodology. The WACC methodology considers market and industry data in determining the appropriate discount rates to be used, inclusive of company-specific risk factors. The Company utilizes a third party valuation firm to assist in the determination of the WACC. The discount rate utilized for each reporting unit is indicative of the return an investor would expect to receive for investing in such a business.
29
Table of Contents
Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates, sales projections and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows a common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison between the estimated fair values and carrying values. If the carrying amounts of intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives exceed their estimated fair values, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the difference. Management utilizes the royalty savings valuation method to determine the estimated fair value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset. In this method, management estimates the royalty savings arising from the ownership of the intangible asset. The key assumptions used in estimating the royalty savings for impairment testing include discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates, sales projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates used are similar to the rates developed by the WACC methodology, inclusive of considering any differences in company-specific risk factors between reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets. Royalty rates are established by management with the advice of valuation experts. Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and sales projections for each significant intangible asset. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual sales estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
The discounted cash flow and royalty savings valuation methodologies require management to make certain assumptions based upon information available at the time the valuations are performed. Actual results could differ from these assumptions. Management believes the assumptions used are reflective of what a market participant would have used in calculating fair value considering the current economic conditions.
As of the first day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025, the date of the annual impairment test, no indefinite-lived intangible assets or goodwill was determined to be impaired. As economic and market conditions have not changed significantly since the first day of the fourth quarter, this conclusion remains appropriate as of September 30, 2025.
Income Taxes – The Company estimates income taxes in each jurisdiction in which it operates. This involves estimating taxable earnings, specific taxable and deductible items, the likelihood of generating sufficient future taxable income to utilize deferred tax assets and possible exposures related to future tax audits. To the extent these estimates change, adjustments to deferred and accrued income taxes are made in the period in which the changes occur. Historically, such adjustments have not been significant.
New Accounting Pronouncements
For information about new accounting pronouncements, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
30
Table of Contents
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We present below certain financial information based on our EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined. References to “EBITDA” mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and references to “EBITDA As Defined” mean EBITDA plus, as applicable for each relevant period, certain adjustments as set forth in the reconciliations of net income to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined and the reconciliations of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined presented below.
Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP. We present EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined because we believe they are useful indicators for evaluating operating performance and liquidity.
Our management believes that EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined are useful as indicators of liquidity because securities analysts, investors, rating agencies and others use EBITDA to evaluate a company’s ability to incur and service debt. In addition, EBITDA As Defined is useful to investors because the revolving credit facility under our senior secured credit facility requires compliance under certain circumstances, on a pro forma basis, with a financial covenant that measures the ratio of the amount of our secured indebtedness to the amount of our Consolidated EBITDA defined in the same manner as we define EBITDA As Defined herein.
In addition to the above, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to review and assess the performance of the management team in connection with employee incentive programs and to prepare its annual budget and financial projections. Moreover, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to evaluate acquisitions.
Although we use EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined as measures to assess the performance of our business and for the other purposes set forth above, the use of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider any of them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service interest payments on our indebtedness;
•although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects any cash requirements for such replacements;
•the omission of the substantial amortization expense associated with our intangible assets further limits the usefulness of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined;
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined includes the payment of taxes, which is a necessary element of our operations; and
•EBITDA As Defined excludes the cash expense we have incurred to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, which is a necessary element of certain of our acquisitions.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Management compensates for these limitations by not viewing EBITDA or EBITDA As Defined in isolation and specifically by using other U.S. GAAP measures, such as net income, net sales and operating profit, to measure our operating performance. Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and neither should be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
31
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Net Income | $ | 2,074 | $ | 1,715 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 367 | 312 | ||||
| Interest expense-net | 1,572 | 1,286 | ||||
| Income tax provision | 555 | 500 | ||||
| EBITDA | 4,568 | 3,813 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Acquisition transaction and integration-related expenses (1) | 42 | 70 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | 157 | 217 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | 11 | 58 | ||||
| Other, net (4) | (18) | 15 | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 4,760 | $ | 4,173 |
| (1) | Represents costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses into our operations; facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs; transaction and valuation-related costs for acquisitions comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses; and amortization expense of inventory step-up recorded in connection with the purchase accounting of acquired businesses. | |
|---|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the compensation expense recognized under our stock option plans and deferred compensation plans. | |
| (3) | Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements. | |
| (4) | Primarily represents foreign currency transaction gains or losses, payroll withholding taxes related to dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, non-service related pension costs, deferred compensation payments and other miscellaneous income or expense, such as gain on sale of business. |
32
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 2,038 | $ | 2,045 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and sales of businesses | 558 | 302 | ||||
| Interest expense-net (1) | 1,534 | 1,246 | ||||
| Income tax provision-current | 565 | 490 | ||||
| Amortization of inventory step-up | (10) | (21) | ||||
| Loss contract amortization | 51 | 35 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (2) | (11) | (58) | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net | 10 | 11 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (3) | (157) | (217) | ||||
| Foreign currency exchange losses | (10) | (20) | ||||
| EBITDA | 4,568 | 3,813 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Acquisition transaction and integration-related expenses (4) | 42 | 70 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (3) | 157 | 217 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (2) | 11 | 58 | ||||
| Other, net (5) | (18) | 15 | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 4,760 | $ | 4,173 |
| (1) | Represents interest expense, net of interest income, excluding the amortization of debt issuance costs and discount on debt. | |
|---|---|---|
| (2) | Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements. | |
| (3) | Represents the compensation expense recognized under our stock option plans and deferred compensation plans. | |
| (4) | Represents costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses into our operations; facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs; transaction and valuation-related costs for acquisitions comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses; and amortization expense of inventory step-up recorded in connection with the purchase accounting of acquired businesses. | |
| (5) | Primarily represents foreign currency transaction gains or losses, payroll withholding taxes related to dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, non-service related pension costs, deferred compensation payments and other miscellaneous income or expense, such as gain on sale of business. |
33
Table of Contents
MD&A history
Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.
FY 2024 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001260221-24-000083.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with TD Group’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the heading entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this report. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.
Overview
For fiscal year 2024, we generated net sales of $7,940 million, gross profit of $4,672 million or 58.8% of net sales, and net income attributable to TD Group of $1,714 million. We believe we have achieved steady, long-term growth in sales and improvements in operating performance due to our competitive strengths and through execution of our value-driven operating strategy. More specifically, we believe that focusing our businesses on our value-driven operating strategy of obtaining profitable new business, carefully controlling the cost structure and pricing our highly engineered value-added products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so has historically resulted in improvements in gross profit and income from operations over the long-term.
Our selective acquisition strategy has also been an important contribution to the growth of our business. We maintain a selective acquisition strategy, concentrating on proprietary commercial aerospace component businesses with significant aftermarket content. The integration of acquisitions into our existing businesses combined with implementing our proven operating strategy has historically resulted in improvements in the financial performance of the acquired businesses.
We believe our key competitive strengths include:
Large and Growing Installed Product Base with Aftermarket Revenue Stream. We provide components to a large and growing installed base of aircraft to which we supply aftermarket products. We estimate that our products are installed on over 100,000 commercial transport, regional transport, military and general aviation fixed wing turbine aircraft and rotary wing aircraft.
Diversified Revenue Base. We believe that our diversified revenue base reduces our dependence on any particular product, platform or market channel and has been a significant factor in maintaining our financial performance. Our products are represented in nearly every commercial and military aircraft in service today. Our portfolio of products encompasses a vast array of essential components that play pivotal roles on commercial aerospace and defense platforms, as well as other products. For example, TransDigm’s operating units make aircraft seatbelts and cockpit security systems that keep passengers and pilots safe; parachutes that protect soldiers, sailors and airmen; and space telescope equipment that helps NASA better understand the universe. We expect to continue to develop new products for military and commercial applications. Our businesses continually seek to provide innovative solutions for our customers and others in the commercial aerospace and defense industries. These include new touchless products and environmentally friendly products, such as the brushless starter generator and sustainable decorative laminates.
Our business strategy is made up of two key elements: (1) a value-driven operating strategy focused around our three core value drivers and (2) a selective acquisition strategy.
Value-Driven Operating Strategy. Our three core value drivers are:
•Obtaining Profitable New Business. We attempt to obtain profitable new business by using our technical expertise and application skill and our detailed knowledge of our customer base and the individual niche markets in which we operate. We have regularly been successful in identifying and developing both aftermarket and OEM products to drive our growth.
•Improving Our Cost Structure. We are committed to maintaining and continuously improving our lean cost structure through detailed attention to the cost of each of the products that we offer and our organizational structure, with a focus on reducing the cost of each.
•Providing Highly Engineered Value-Added Products to Customers. We focus on the engineering, manufacturing and marketing of a broad range of highly engineered niche products that we believe provide value to our customers. We believe we have been consistently successful in communicating to our customers the value of our products. This has generally enabled us to price our products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so.
24
Table of Contents
Selective Acquisition Strategy. We selectively pursue the acquisition of proprietary aerospace component businesses when we see an opportunity to create value through the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies. The aerospace industry, in particular, remains highly fragmented, with many of the companies in the industry being small private businesses or small non-core operations of larger businesses. We have significant experience among our management team in executing acquisitions and integrating acquired businesses into our company and culture. As of the date of this report, we have successfully acquired 93 businesses and various product lines since our formation in 1993. Many of these acquisitions have been integrated into an existing TransDigm production facility, which enables a higher production capacity utilization, which in turn improves gross profit levels due to the ability to spread the fixed manufacturing overhead costs over higher production volume. In the case of larger acquisitions that consist of multiple product lines, we may pursue opportunities to divest certain acquired operating units that are not in line with our acquisition strategy.
Acquisitions during the most recent three fiscal years is described in Note 2, “Acquisitions” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
In fiscal 2024, the commercial aerospace industry continued to rebound from the adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Commercial air travel in domestic markets continues to lead the air traffic recovery with most domestic markets nearing, achieving or surpassing pre-pandemic air traffic levels. The pace of the international recovery has been slower than the domestic recovery; however, it has continued to make steady improvement. Since February 2024, both domestic and international RPKs have surpassed 2019 (i.e., pre-pandemic) levels and have remained on a steady growth trend. The 2025 leading indicators or industry consensus suggest a continuation of current trends supported by continued RPK growth.
Our commercial transport OEM shipments and revenues generally run ahead of aircraft delivery schedules. Consistent with prior years, our fiscal 2025 shipments will be a function of, among other things, the estimated 2025 and 2026 commercial aircraft production rates for Boeing and Airbus. In fiscal 2024, we experienced improved sales in the commercial OEM sector primarily due to increased aircraft production by Boeing and Airbus. Airline demand for new aircraft remains high, and the OEMs are working to increase aircraft production. However, aircraft production rates remain well below pre-pandemic levels as the struggles in the OEM supply chain persist. Due to these factors, it is difficult to accurately predict the OEM build rates for 2025.
Our military business fluctuates from year-to-year, and is dependent, to a degree, on government budget constraints, the timing of orders, macro and micro dynamics with respect to the U.S. Department of Defense (“DOD”) procurement policy and the extent of global conflicts, such as the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and Israel and Hamas. Also, delays in government spending outlays and government funding reprioritization, such as shifting funds to efforts to assist friendly countries in conflicts, provides for further unpredictability in the military spending outlook. For a variety of reasons, the military spending outlook is very uncertain, though recent DOD budgets have trended upwards.
Defense sales in fiscal 2024 increased compared to fiscal 2023 at a higher rate than in recent fiscal years due to improving U.S. Government defense spend outlays. DOD budgets have trended upwards as geopolitical challenges such as the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and Israel and Hamas, and military modernization efforts are driving demand.
25
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain operating data of the Company, including presentation of the amounts as a percentage of net sales (amounts in millions, except per share data):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | % of Net Sales | 2023 | % of Net Sales | ||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 7,940 | 100.0 | % | $ | 6,585 | 100.0 | % | |||||
| Cost of sales | 3,268 | 41.2 | % | 2,743 | 41.7 | % | |||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses | 980 | 12.3 | % | 780 | 11.8 | % | |||||||
| Amortization of intangible assets | 161 | 2.0 | % | 139 | 2.1 | % | |||||||
| Income from operations | 3,531 | 44.5 | % | 2,923 | 44.4 | % | |||||||
| Interest expense-net | 1,286 | 16.2 | % | 1,164 | 17.7 | % | |||||||
| Refinancing costs | 58 | 0.7 | % | 56 | 0.9 | % | |||||||
| Other income | (28) | (0.4) | % | (13) | (0.2) | % | |||||||
| Income tax provision | 500 | 6.3 | % | 417 | 6.3 | % | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations | 1,715 | 21.6 | % | 1,299 | 19.7 | % | |||||||
| Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests | (1) | — | % | (1) | — | % | |||||||
| Net income attributable to TD Group | $ | 1,714 | 21.6 | % | $ | 1,298 | 19.7 | % | |||||
| Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders | $ | 1,481 | (1) | 18.7 | % | $ | 1,260 | (1) | 19.1 | % | |||
| Earnings per share attributable to TD Group common stockholders: | |||||||||||||
| Basic and diluted | $ | 25.62 | (2) | $ | 22.03 | (2) | |||||||
| Cash dividends declared per common share | $ | 110.00 | $ | — | |||||||||
| Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted | 57.8 | 57.2 | |||||||||||
| Other Data: | |||||||||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 3,813 | (3) | $ | 3,148 | (3) | |||||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 4,173 | (3) | 52.6 | % | $ | 3,395 | (3) | 51.6 | % |
(1)Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders represents net income attributable to TD Group less special dividends declared or paid on participating securities, including dividend equivalents of $233 million and $38 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
(2)Earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders by the basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding.
(3)Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure.
26
Table of Contents
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2023
Total Company
•Net Sales. Net organic sales and acquisition sales and the related dollar and percentage changes for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | % Change Net Sales | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2024 | September 30, 2023 | Change | ||||||||||||
| Organic sales | $ | 7,629 | $ | 6,562 | $ | 1,067 | 16.2 | % | ||||||
| Acquisition sales | 311 | 23 | 288 | 4.4 | % | |||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 7,940 | $ | 6,585 | $ | 1,355 | 20.6 | % |
Organic sales represent net sales from existing businesses owned by the Company, excluding sales from acquisitions. Acquisition sales represent net sales from acquired businesses for the period up to one year from the respective acquisition date. We believe this measure provides investors with a supplemental understanding of underlying sales trends by providing sales growth on a consistent basis. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for information on the Company's recent acquisitions.
The increase in organic sales of $1,067 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 is primarily related to increases in defense sales ($486 million, an increase of 18.9%), commercial OEM sales ($294 million, an increase of 20.4%) and commercial aftermarket sales ($253 million, an increase of 12.0%).
The increase in defense sales is primarily attributable to improving U.S. Government defense spend outlays. The increase in commercial OEM sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in both narrow-body and wide-body aircraft production and deliveries. The increase in commercial aftermarket sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in commercial air travel demand and the resulting higher flight hours and utilization of aircraft in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023, particularly internationally.
The increase in acquisition sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 is primarily attributable to the fiscal 2024 acquisitions of Raptor Scientific, the Electron Device Business of Communications & Power Industries (“CPI's Electron Device Business”), SEI Industries LTD (“SEI”) and FPT Industries LLC (“FPT”) and the third quarter fiscal 2023 acquisition of Calspan Corporation (“Calspan”).
•Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Cost of sales increased by $525 million or 19.1%, to $3,268 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared to $2,743 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. Cost of sales and the related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2024 | September 30, 2023 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
| Cost of sales - excluding costs below | $ | 3,241 | $ | 2,744 | $ | 497 | 18.1 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 40.8 | % | 41.7 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense | 21 | 17 | 4 | 23.5 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.3 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||
| Inventory step-up amortization | 21 | 2 | 19 | 950.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.3 | % | — | % | ||||||||||
| Foreign currency losses | 20 | 14 | 6 | 42.9 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.3 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Loss contract amortization | (35) | (34) | (1) | (2.9) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | (0.4) | % | (0.5) | % | ||||||||||
| Total cost of sales | $ | 3,268 | $ | 2,743 | $ | 525 | 19.1 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 41.2 | % | 41.7 | % | ||||||||||
| Gross profit (Net sales less Total cost of sales) | $ | 4,672 | $ | 3,842 | $ | 830 | 21.6 | % | ||||||
| Gross profit percentage (Gross profit / Net sales) | 58.8 | % | 58.3 | % |
27
Table of Contents
Cost of sales during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 decreased as a percentage of net sales despite increased inflationary pressures through most of fiscal 2024. This was primarily driven by the application of our three core value-driven operating strategy (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers) coupled with fixed overhead costs incurred being spread over a higher production volume, which contributed to the gross profit as a percentage of net sales increasing by 0.5 percentage points to 58.8% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 from 58.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023.
Foreign exchange rates, particularly the U.S. dollar compared to the British pound and the euro, weakened at a more significant rate in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023, resulting in an increase in foreign currency losses in fiscal 2024. No other material movement in the components to cost of sales were identified.
•Selling and Administrative Expenses. Selling and administrative expenses increased by $200 million to $980 million, or 12.3% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 from $780 million, or 11.8% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. Selling and administrative expenses and the related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2024 | September 30, 2023 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses - excluding costs below | $ | 735 | $ | 629 | $ | 106 | 16.9 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 9.3 | % | 9.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense | 196 | 141 | 55 | 39.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 2.5 | % | 2.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition transaction-related expenses | 33 | 6 | 27 | 450.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.4 | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition integration costs | 13 | 8 | 5 | 62.5 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.2 | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Bad debt expense | 3 | (4) | 7 | 175.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | — | % | (0.1) | % | ||||||||||
| Total selling and administrative expenses | $ | 980 | $ | 780 | $ | 200 | 25.6 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 12.3 | % | 11.8 | % |
Excluding the specific costs in the table above, selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 decreased compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 despite the higher inflationary environment through most of fiscal 2024 due to continued focus on productivity and cost improvements (one of our three core value drivers). The increase in non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense is primarily attributable to the increase in the Black-Scholes fair value of the stock option grants impacting non-cash stock compensation expense. The increase in the Black-Scholes fair value is due to the appreciation of the stock price, which is a key input used to determine the Black-Scholes fair value. Acquisition-related expenses increased due to an increase in acquisition activity and related transaction costs compared to prior year. Bad debt expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 was favorably impacted by a reduction in the allowance for uncollectible accounts due to improving market conditions within commercial aerospace and the resulting reduction in assessed risk associated with the collectibility of certain trade accounts receivable.
•Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $161 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared to $139 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. The increase in amortization expense of $22 million was primarily due to the amortization expense recognized on intangible assets from the third quarter fiscal 2023 acquisition of Calspan and the fiscal 2024 acquisitions. The intangible assets recognized in connection with the fiscal 2024 acquisitions are summarized in Note 8, “Intangible Assets,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
28
Table of Contents
•Interest Expense-net. Interest expense-net includes interest on borrowings outstanding, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premium, revolving credit facility fees, finance leases, interest income and the impact of interest rate swaps and caps designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges. Interest expense-net increased $122 million, or 10.5%, to $1,286 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 from $1,164 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. The increase in interest expense-net was primarily due to an increase in the base rate, Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“Term SOFR”), to the portion of our variable rate debt that is not hedged (refer to Note 19, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for information on our hedges), as well as an increase in outstanding borrowings (refer to Note 10, “Debt” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for information on our debt). This was partially offset by a $52 million increase in interest income. The weighted average interest rate for cash interest payments on total borrowings outstanding for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 was 6.3% compared to 6.2% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023.
•Refinancing Costs. Refinancing costs of $58 million incurred for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 were primarily related to the third party fees and write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount recorded in conjunction with the amendments to the Credit Agreement and the third party fees and write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs recorded in conjunction with the notes redemptions completed during fiscal 2024. Refer to Note 10, “Debt,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for additional details. Refinancing costs of $56 million incurred for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 were primarily related to the redemption of the 8.00% secured notes due 2025 (the “2025 Secured Notes”) and 6.875% senior subordinated notes due 2026 (the “6.875% 2026 Notes”) and third party fees incurred for the refinancing activity under the amendments to the Credit Agreement completed during fiscal 2023.
•Other Income. Other income was $28 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared to $13 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 primarily related to a gain on sale of business, royalty and other income and the non-service related components of benefit costs on the Company's benefit plans. Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 primarily related to a $9 million cash refund received for the Esterline Retirement Plan (the “ERP”) upon the finalizing of the group annuity purchase funding.
•Income Tax Provision. Income tax expense as a percentage of income before income taxes was approximately 22.6% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared to 24.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. The Company’s lower effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 was primarily due to a less significant impact on the rate from the valuation allowance applicable to the Company's net interest deduction limitation carryforward.
•Net Income Attributable to TD Group. Net income attributable to TD Group increased $416 million, or 32.0%, to $1,714 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared to net income attributable to TD Group of $1,298 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, primarily as a result of the factors referenced above.
•Earnings per Share. Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations was $25.62 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 and $22.03 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 of $1,714 million was decreased by dividend equivalents of $233 million, or $4.02 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $1,481 million. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 of $1,298 million was decreased by dividend equivalents of $38 million, or $0.67 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $1,260 million.
Business Segments
•Segment Net Sales. Net sales by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | % of Net Sales | 2023 | % of Net Sales | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 3,941 | 49.6 | % | $ | 3,316 | 50.3 | % | $ | 625 | 18.8 | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 3,809 | 48.0 | % | 3,094 | 47.0 | % | 715 | 23.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 190 | 2.4 | % | 175 | 2.7 | % | 15 | 8.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 7,940 | 100.0 | % | $ | 6,585 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,355 | 20.6 | % |
29
Table of Contents
Net sales for the Power & Control segment increased $625 million, an increase of 18.8%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. The sales increase resulted primarily from increases in organic sales in defense ($262 million, an increase of 16.7%), commercial OEM ($127 million, an increase of 20.7%) and the commercial aftermarket ($123 million, an increase of 11.9%). The increase in defense sales is primarily attributable to improving U.S. Government defense spend outlays. The increase in commercial OEM sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in both narrow-body and wide-body aircraft production and deliveries. The increase in commercial aftermarket sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in commercial air travel demand and the resulting higher flight hours and utilization of aircraft in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023, particularly internationally.
Net sales for the Airframe segment increased $715 million, an increase of 23.1%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2024 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. The sales increase resulted primarily from increases in organic sales in defense ($225 million, an increase of 22.7%), commercial OEM ($160 million, an increase of 19.7%) and the commercial aftermarket ($131 million, an increase of 12.0%). The increase in defense sales, commercial OEM sales and commercial aftermarket sales for the Airframe segment is attributable to the same factors described in the paragraph above for the Power & Control segment.
Acquisition sales for the Power & Control and Airframe segments contributed approximately $288 million in aggregate to the increase in net sales. Acquisition sales represent net sales from acquired businesses for the period up to one year from the respective acquisition date.
The change in Non-aviation net sales compared to the prior fiscal year was not material.
•EBITDA As Defined. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure. EBITDA As Defined by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | % of Segment Net Sales | 2023 | % of Segment Net Sales | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 2,236 | 56.7 | % | $ | 1,866 | 56.3 | % | $ | 370 | 19.8 | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 1,962 | 51.5 | % | 1,547 | 50.0 | % | 415 | 26.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 81 | 42.6 | % | 71 | 40.6 | % | 10 | 14.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Total segment EBITDA As Defined | 4,279 | 53.9 | % | 3,484 | 52.9 | % | 795 | 22.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Less: Unallocated corporate EBITDA As Defined | 106 | 1.3 | % | (1) | 89 | 1.3 | % | (1) | 17 | 19.1 | % | |||||||||
| Total Company EBITDA As Defined | $ | 4,173 | 52.6 | % | (1) | $ | 3,395 | 51.6 | % | (1) | $ | 778 | 22.9 | % |
(1)Calculated as a percentage of consolidated net sales.
EBITDA As Defined for the Power & Control segment increased approximately $370 million, an increase of 19.8%, resulting from higher organic sales in the defense, commercial OEM and commercial aftermarket channels. Also contributing to the increase in EBITDA As Defined was the application of our three core value-driven operating strategy and positive leverage on our fixed overhead costs spread over a higher production volume despite the ongoing inflationary environment for freight, labor and certain raw materials.
EBITDA As Defined for the Airframe segment increased approximately $415 million, an increase of 26.8%. The increase in EBITDA As Defined for the Airframe segment is attributable to the same factors described in the paragraph above for the Power & Control segment.
EBITDA As Defined from acquisitions for the Power & Control and Airframe segments contributed approximately $97 million in aggregate to the increase in EBITDA As Defined. EBITDA As Defined from acquisitions represents EBITDA As Defined from acquired businesses for the period up to one year from the respective acquisition date.
The change in Non-aviation EBITDA as Defined compared to the prior fiscal year was not material.
Corporate expenses consist primarily of compensation, benefits, professional services and other administrative costs incurred by the corporate offices. An immaterial amount of corporate expenses is allocated to the operating segments. The increase compared to fiscal 2023 is primarily attributable to the current fiscal year portion of the deferred compensation plan adopted in the fourth quarter of 2022 for certain members of non-executive management and higher salaries and bonus expense. Corporate EBITDA as Defined is consistent as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023.
30
Table of Contents
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2022
For our results of operations for fiscal 2023 compared with fiscal 2022, refer to the discussion in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” of Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2023.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have historically maintained a capital structure comprising a mix of equity and debt financing. We vary our leverage both to optimize our equity return and to pursue acquisitions. We expect to meet our current debt obligations as they come due through internally generated funds from current levels of operations and/or through refinancing in the debt markets prior to the maturity dates of our debt.
The following tables present selected balance sheet, cash flow and other financial data relevant to the liquidity or capital resources of the Company for the periods specified below (amounts in millions):
| September 30, 2024 | September 30, 2023 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Selected Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 6,261 | $ | 3,472 | ||
| Working capital (Total current assets less total current liabilities) | 3,690 | 5,159 | ||||
| Total assets | 25,586 | 19,970 | ||||
| Total debt (1) | 24,880 | 19,750 | ||||
| TD Group stockholders’ deficit | (6,290) | (1,984) |
(1)Includes debt issuance costs and original issue discount and premiums. Reference Note 10, “Debt,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Selected Cash Flow and Other Financial Data: | ||||||
| Cash flows provided by (used in): | ||||||
| Operating activities | $ | 2,045 | $ | 1,375 | ||
| Investing activities | (2,441) | (900) | ||||
| Financing activities | 3,171 | (16) | ||||
| Capital expenditures | 165 | 139 | ||||
| Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1) | 2.7x | 2.5x |
(1)For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premium and the “interest component” of rental expense.
Significant Transactions of Fiscal 2024
During fiscal 2024, the Company completed approximately $21,000 million in debt financing transactions, inclusive of new issuances and refinancing of existing debt. Below is further information on the significant debt financing transactions occurring in fiscal 2024:
•On November 28, 2023, the Company completed the issuance of $2,000 million in new senior debt ($1,000 million in 7.125% senior secured notes due 2031 and $1,000 million in Tranche J term loans), which was used to fund the acquisition of CPI's Electron Device Business (completed in the third quarter of fiscal 2024) and for general corporate purposes.
•On February 27, 2024, the Company amended the terms under its revolving credit facility to, among other things, extend the maturity date from May 2026 to February 2029 and increase the total commitments capacity from $810 million to $910 million. Concurrently, the Company completed the issuance of $4,400 million in new secured debt ($2,200 million in 6.375% senior secured notes due 2029 and $2,200 million in 6.625% senior secured notes due 2032), which was used to redeem all of its outstanding $4,400 million in 6.25% senior secured notes due 2026.
31
Table of Contents
•On March 22, 2024, the Company repriced all of its $4,525 million in existing Tranche I term loans maturing August 2028 to bear interest at Term SOFR plus 2.75% (a decrease from Term SOFR plus 3.25% previously applicable) and replaced all of its $1,708 million in existing Tranche H term loans due February 2027 with new Tranche K term loans maturing March 2030 and bear interest at the same rate applied to the existing Tranche I term loans. Concurrently, the Company issued an additional $550 million in 6.375% senior secured notes due 2029 (tack-on to the $2,200 million issued during February 2024), which was used to redeem all of its outstanding $550 million in 7.50% senior subordinated notes due 2027 on April 22, 2024.
•On June 4, 2024, the Company repriced all of its $997 million in existing Tranche J term loans to bear interest at Term SOFR plus 2.50% compared to Term SOFR plus 3.25% applicable prior to the transaction; and (ii) amended and extended $2,644 million in existing Tranche I term loans maturing August 24, 2028 and converting such loans into Tranche J term loans maturing February 28, 2031.
•On July 12, 2024, the Company amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, (i) increase the borrowing capacity from $450 million to $650 million; and (ii) extend the maturity date to July 11, 2025 at an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 1.45% compared to an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 1.60% that applied prior to the amendment. In fiscal 2024, the Company drew $137.5 million available on Securitization Facility. The Company subsequently drew the remaining $162.5 million available under the trade receivable securitization facility in October 2024.
•On September 19, 2024, the Company completed the issuance of $3,000 million in new senior secured debt ($1,500 million in 6.00% senior secured notes due January 15, 2033 and $1,500 million in Tranche L term loans that bear interest at Term SOFR plus 2.50% and mature on January 19, 2032).
During fiscal 2024, the Company completed approximately $2,347 million in acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired. Below is further information on the significant acquisitions occurring in fiscal 2024:
•On May 21, 2024, the Company completed an acquisition of all the outstanding stock of SEI for approximately $171 million in cash.
•On June 6, 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of all the outstanding stock of CPI's Electron Device Business for approximately $1,385 million in cash. The acquisition was financed through existing cash on hand, inclusive of a portion of the cash proceeds from the $2,000 million in new senior debt issued in the first quarter of fiscal 2024.
•On July 31, 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of all the outstanding stock of Raptor Scientific for approximately $647 million in cash. The acquisition was financed through existing cash on hand.
During fiscal 2024, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized and declared $110.00 in special dividends. Below is further information on these special dividends:
•On November 27, 2023, the Company paid a special cash dividend of $35.00 on each outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on eligible vested options outstanding under its stock option plans. Total cash payments, funded by existing cash on hand, of special dividend and dividend equivalents from this declaration were approximately $2,020 million.
•On September 19, 2024, concurrently with the $3,000 million issuance of new senior secured debt described above, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized and declared a special cash dividend of $75.00 on each outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on eligible vested options outstanding under its stock option plans. Total cash payments, funded by a combination of $3,000 million in new senior secured debt (as previously noted) and existing cash on hand, related to the special dividend and dividend equivalents were approximately $4,348 million. These payments were made in October 2024.
If the Company has excess cash, it generally prioritizes allocating the excess cash in the following manner: (1) capital spending at existing businesses, (2) acquisitions of businesses, (3) payment of a special dividend and/or repurchases of our common stock and (4) prepayment of indebtedness or repurchase of debt.
The Company’s ability to make scheduled interest payments on, or to refinance, the Company’s indebtedness, or to fund non-acquisition related capital expenditures and research and development efforts, will depend on the Company’s ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond its control.
The Company's objective is to maintain an allocation of at least 75% fixed rate and 25% variable rate debt thereby limiting its exposure to changes in near-term interest rates. Interest rate swaps, caps and collars used to hedge and offset, respectively, the variable interest rates on our term loans are further described in Note 19, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein. As of September 30, 2024, approximately 77% of our gross debt was fixed rate.
32
Table of Contents
As of September 30, 2024, the Company has significant cash liquidity as illustrated in the table presented below (in millions):
| As of September 30, 2024 | ||
|---|---|---|
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 6,261 |
| Availability on revolving credit facility | 843 | |
| Availability on Securitization Facility | 163 | |
| Cash liquidity (1) | $ | 7,267 |
(1)When considering the impact of the $4,348 million payment in special dividends and dividend equivalents in October 2024, the pro forma cash liquidity as of September 30, 2024 is $2,919 million.
We believe our significant cash liquidity will allow us to meet our anticipated funding requirements. We expect to meet our short-term cash liquidity requirements (including interest obligations and capital expenditures) through net cash from operating activities, cash on hand and, if needed, draws on the revolving credit facility. Long-term cash liquidity requirements consist primarily of obligations under our long-term debt agreements. There is no maturity on any tranche of term loans or notes until November 2027 (fiscal 2028).
The Company estimates its capital expenditures in fiscal year 2025 to be approximately 2.5% to 3.5% of net sales. The Company’s capital expenditures incurred from year-to-year are funded using existing cash on hand and are primarily for projects that are consistent with our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers) such as automation projects.
In connection with the continued application of our three core value-driven operating strategy (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers), we expect our efforts will continue to generate strong margins and provide sufficient cash provided by operating activities to meet our interest obligations and liquidity needs. We believe our cash provided by operating activities and available borrowing capacity will enable us to make strategic business acquisitions, pay special dividends to our shareholders and make opportunistic investments in our own stock, subject to any restrictions in our existing credit agreement and market conditions.
The Company may issue additional debt if prevailing market conditions are favorable to doing so. In addition, the Company may increase its borrowings in connection with acquisitions, if cash flow from operating activities becomes insufficient to fund current operations or for other short-term cash needs or for common stock repurchases or special dividends. Our future leverage will also be impacted by the then current conditions of the credit markets.
Operating Activities. The Company generated $2,045 million of net cash from operating activities during fiscal 2024 compared to $1,375 million during fiscal 2023.
The change in trade accounts receivable during fiscal 2024 was a use of cash of $84 million compared to a use of cash of $212 million in fiscal 2023. The decrease in the use of cash of $128 million is primarily attributable to the lower sequential increase in sales between fiscal 2024 and fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2023 and fiscal 2022 and related timing of cash receipts as we move further from the impact of the pandemic on net sales. The Company continues to actively manage its accounts receivable, the related agings and collection efforts.
The change in inventories during fiscal 2024 was a use of cash of $104 million compared to a use of cash of $261 million in fiscal 2023. The decrease in the use of cash of $157 million is primarily driven by an easing of the supply chain challenges that were more prevalent in the prior fiscal year resulting in a higher rate of inventory purchased in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2024. The Company continues to actively and strategically manage inventory levels.
The change in accounts payable during fiscal 2024 was a use of cash of $11 million compared to a source of cash of $12 million in fiscal 2023. The change is due to the timing of payments to suppliers.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $2,441 million during fiscal 2024, consisting of $2,347 million from the acquisitions of Raptor Scientific, CPI's Electron Device Business, SEI, FPT and certain product lines completed during fiscal 2024, capital expenditures of $165 million; partially offset by other investing transactions of $71 million.
Net cash used in investing activities was $900 million during fiscal 2023, consisting primarily of the acquisition of Calspan for approximately $729 million, certain product line acquisitions aggregating to approximately $33 million and capital expenditures of $139 million.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $3,171 million during fiscal 2024. The source of cash was primarily attributable to the net proceeds of short-term and long-term debt, including fees, of $4,965 million, plus proceeds from stock option exercises of $245 million; partially offset by special dividend and dividend equivalent payments of $2,038 million.
33
Table of Contents
Net cash used in financing activities was $16 million during fiscal 2023. The use of cash was primarily attributable to the net redemptions of short-term and long-term debt, including fees, of $193 million, dividend equivalent payments of $38 million; partially offset by proceeds from stock option exercises of $215 million.
Guarantor Information
The Subordinated Notes are subordinated to all of our existing and future senior secured debt, including indebtedness under TransDigm’s existing senior secured credit facilities, rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our future debt that is expressly subordinated to the Subordinated Notes. The Subordinated Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and TransDigm Inc.’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indentures). The table set forth in Exhibit 22.1 filed with this Form 10-K details the primary obligors and guarantors. The guarantees of the Subordinated Notes are subordinated to all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of their future debt that is expressly subordinated to the guarantees of the Subordinated Notes. The Subordinated Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TD Group’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
The Secured Notes are senior secured debt of TransDigm and rank equally in right of payment with all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior secured debt, including indebtedness under TransDigm’s existing senior secured credit facilities, and are senior in right of payment to all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the Subordinated Notes. The 2028 Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and TransDigm Inc.’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indentures). The 2029 Secured Notes, 2030 Secured Notes, 2031 Secured Notes, 2032 Secured Notes and 2033 Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TD Group and each of TransDigm Inc.’s direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indenture) that is a borrower or guarantor under TransDigm’s senior secured credit facilities or that issues or guarantees any capital markets indebtedness of TransDigm Inc. or any of the guarantors in an aggregate principal amount of at least $200 million. As of the date of this Form 10-K, the guarantors of the 2029 Secured Notes, 2030 Secured Notes, 2031 Secured Notes, 2032 Secured Notes and 2033 Secured Notes are the same as the guarantors of the 2028 Secured Notes. The table set forth in Exhibit 22.1 filed with this Form 10-K details the primary obligors and guarantors. The guarantees of the Secured Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior secured debt and are senior in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt. The Secured Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TransDigm’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
Separate financial statements of TransDigm Inc. are not presented because the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis (if Subordinated Notes) and senior secured basis (if Secured Notes) by TD Group, TransDigm UK and all of TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. TD Group has no significant operations or assets separate from its investment in TransDigm Inc.
The financial information presented is that of TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and the other Guarantors, which includes TransDigm UK, on a combined basis and the financial information of non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries has been excluded. Intercompany balances and transactions between TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and the other Guarantors have been eliminated, and amounts due from, amounts due to, and transactions with non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries have been presented separately.
| (in millions) | September 30, 2024 | |
|---|---|---|
| Current assets | $ | 7,813 |
| Goodwill | 8,186 | |
| Other non-current assets | 3,889 | |
| Current liabilities | 5,420 | |
| Non-current liabilities | 25,155 | |
| Amounts due (from) to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors-net | (1,881) |
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||
|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | September 30, 2024 | |
| Net sales | $ | 6,294 |
| Sales to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors | 28 | |
| Cost of sales | 2,458 | |
| Expense from subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors-net | 64 | |
| Income from operations | 1,221 | |
| Net income attributable to TD Group | 1,221 |
34
Table of Contents
Description of Senior Secured Term Loans and Indentures
Senior Secured Term Loans Facility
TransDigm has $8,702 million in fully drawn term loans (the “Term Loans Facility”) and an $910 million revolving credit facility. The Term Loans Facility consists of four tranches of term loans as follows (aggregate principal amount disclosed is as of September 30, 2024):
| Term Loans Facility | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tranche I | $1,871 million | August 24, 2028 | Term SOFR plus 2.75% | |||
| Tranche J | $3,632 million | February 28, 2031 | Term SOFR plus 2.50% | |||
| Tranche K | $1,699 million | March 22, 2030 | Term SOFR plus 2.75% | |||
| Tranche L | $1,500 million | January 19, 2032 | Term SOFR plus 2.50% |
The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of $22 million. The revolving commitments consist of two tranches which include up to $139 million of multicurrency revolving commitments. At September 30, 2024, the Company had $67 million in letters of credit outstanding and $843 million in borrowings available under the revolving commitments. Draws on the revolving commitments are subject to an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 2.25%. The unused portion of the revolving commitments is subject to a fee of 0.5% per annum. The maturity date of the revolving credit facility is February 27, 2029.
The interest rates per annum applicable to the Term Loans Facility under the Credit Agreement are, at TransDigm’s option, equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted Term SOFR for one, three or six-month interest periods chosen by TransDigm, in each case plus an applicable margin percentage. The adjusted Term SOFR related to the Term Loans Facility are not subject to a floor. Refer to Note 19, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for information about how our interest rate swaps, cap and collar agreements are used to hedge and offset, respectively, the variable interest rate portion of our debt.
Indentures
The following table represents the senior subordinated and secured notes outstanding as of September 30, 2024:
| Description | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 5.50% 2027 Notes | $2,650 million | November 15, 2027 | 5.50% | |||
| 2028 Secured Notes | $2,100 million | August 15, 2028 | 6.75% | |||
| 4.625% 2029 Notes | $1,200 million | January 15, 2029 | 4.625% | |||
| 2029 Secured Notes | $2,750 million | March 1, 2029 | 6.375% | |||
| 4.875% 2029 Notes | $750 million | May 1, 2029 | 4.875% | |||
| 2030 Secured Notes | $1,450 million | December 15, 2030 | 6.875% | |||
| 2031 Secured Notes | $1,000 million | December 1, 2031 | 7.125% | |||
| 2032 Secured Notes | $2,200 million | March 1, 2032 | 6.625% | |||
| 2033 Secured Notes | $1,500 million | January 15, 2033 | 6.00% |
The 5.50% 2027 Notes, the 4.625% 2029 Notes and the 4.875% 2029 Notes (collectively, the “Subordinated Notes”) were issued at a price of 100.00% of the principal amount. The 2030 Secured Notes, 2032 Secured Notes and 2033 Secured Notes (which, along with the 2028 Secured Notes, 2029 Secured Notes and 2031 Secured Notes, are collectively referred to as the “Secured Notes”) were issued at a price of 100.00% of its principal amount. The initial $1,000 million offering and the subsequent $1,100 million offering of the 6.75% senior secured notes due 2028 (collectively, the “2028 Secured Notes”) in the second quarter of fiscal 2023 were issued at a price of 100.00% and 99.00%, respectively, of their principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $2,089 million. The 2031 Secured Notes was issued in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 at a price of 99.25% of its principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $993 million. The initial $2,200 million offering and subsequent $550 million offering of the 6.375% senior secured notes due 2029 (collectively, the “2029 Secured Notes”) in the second quarter of fiscal 2024 were issued at a price of 100.00% and 99.75%, respectively, of their principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $2,749 million.
The Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes do not require principal payments prior to their maturity. Interest under the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes are payable semi-annually. The Subordinated Notes represent our unsecured obligations ranking subordinate to our senior debt, as defined in the applicable indentures. The Secured Notes represent our secured obligations ranking equally to all existing and future senior debt, as defined in the applicable indentures. The Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes contain many of the restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement. TransDigm is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes.
35
Table of Contents
Certain Restrictive Covenants in Our Debt Documents
The Credit Agreement and the Indentures governing the Notes and Secured Notes contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of special dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, liens and encumbrances, and prepayments of certain other indebtedness.
The restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement are subject to amendments executed periodically. The most recent amendment that impacted the restrictive covenants contained in the Credit Agreement is Amendment No. 15, executed on March 22, 2024.
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, TransDigm is entitled, on one or more occasions, to request additional term loans or additional revolving commitments to the extent that the existing or new lenders agree to provide such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments provided that, among other conditions, our consolidated net leverage ratio would be no greater than 7.25x and the consolidated secured net debt ratio would be no greater than 5.00x, in each case, after giving effect to such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments.
If any such default occurs, the lenders under the Credit Agreement and the holders of the Notes and Secured Notes may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under the Credit Agreement also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. In addition, following an event of default under the Credit Agreement, the lenders thereunder and the holders of the Secured Notes will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the debt, which includes our available cash, and they will also have the right to prevent us from making debt service payments on the Notes.
With the exception of the revolving credit facility, the Company has no maintenance covenants in its existing term loan and indenture agreements. Under the Credit Agreement, if the usage of the revolving credit facility exceeds 40% (or, currently, $364 million) of the total revolving commitments, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio of net debt to trailing four-quarter EBITDA As Defined of 7.50x (or, solely with respect to the first four fiscal quarters ending after the consummation of any material acquisition, 8.00x) as of the last day of the fiscal quarter.
As of September 30, 2024, the Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants and expects to remain in compliance with its debt covenants in subsequent periods.
Trade Receivable Securitization Facility
During fiscal 2014, the Company established a trade receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”). The Securitization Facility effectively increases the Company’s borrowing capacity depending on the amount of the domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable. The Securitization Facility includes the right for the Company to exercise annual one year extensions as long as there have been no termination events as defined by the agreement. The Company uses the proceeds from the Securitization Facility as an alternative to other forms of debt, effectively reducing borrowing costs.
On July 12, 2024, the Company amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, (i) increase the borrowing capacity from $450 million to $650 million; and (ii) extend the maturity date to July 11, 2025 at an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 1.45% compared to an interest rate of Term SOFR plus 1.60% that applied prior to the amendment.
As of September 30, 2024, the total drawn on the Securitization Facility is $487.5 million, resulting in $162.5 million available to be drawn. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2024 and 2023, the applicable interest rate was 6.73% and 6.95%, respectively. The Securitization Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable.
On October 16, 2024, the Company drew the remaining $162.5 million available under the Securitization Facility.
Dividend and Dividend Equivalent Payments
During the first and fourth quarters of fiscal 2024, TD Group's Board of Directors authorized and declared special cash dividends of $35.00 and $75.00, respectively, on each outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on eligible vested options outstanding under its stock option plans. Pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated TransDigm Group Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan, the Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Option Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan and the 2019 Stock Option Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan, all of the vested options granted under the existing stock option plans, except for grants to the members of the Board of Directors, are entitled to certain cash dividend equivalent payments in the event of the declaration of a dividend by the Company. In fiscal 2022, all members of the Board of Directors executed amendments to their option agreements in which future dividend declarations result in a reduction of the strike price of their existing options instead of receiving cash dividend equivalent payments.
On November 27, 2023, the Company paid the special cash dividend of $35.00 on each outstanding share of common stock, totaling $1,937 million. Dividend equivalent payments are made during the Company's first fiscal quarter each year and also upon payment of any dividends declared within the fiscal year. Total dividend equivalent payments in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 and 2023 were approximately $101 million, of which $18 million was accrued as of September 30, 2023 and the remaining $83 million was associated with the November 2023 $35.00 special dividend declaration, and $38 million, respectively.
36
Table of Contents
On October 18, 2024, the Company paid the special cash dividend of $75.00 on each outstanding share of common stock, totaling $4,216 million, and dividend equivalent payments of $132 million, associated with the September 2024 $75.00 special dividend declaration, both of which are accrued as of September 30, 2024.
Any future declaration of special cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions under the Credit Agreement and indentures governing the Notes, the availability of surplus under Delaware law and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. TD Group is a holding company and conducts all of its operations through direct and indirect subsidiaries. Unless TD Group receives dividends, distributions, advances, transfers of funds or other payments from our subsidiaries, TD Group will be unable to pay any dividends on our common stock in the future. The ability of any subsidiaries to take any of the foregoing actions is limited by the terms of our Term Loans Facility and indentures and may be limited by future debt or other agreements that we may enter into.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash requirements from all significant contractual obligations as of September 30, 2024 (in millions):
| Total | Payment Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual | Less than | Between | Between | Over | |||||||||||||||
| Obligations | 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 3-5 Years | 5 Years | |||||||||||||||
| Senior Subordinated and Secured Notes (1) | $ | 15,600 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 9,450 | $ | 6,150 | |||||||||
| Term Loans Facility (2) | 8,702 | 88 | 176 | 1,951 | 6,487 | ||||||||||||||
| Scheduled interest payments (3) | 8,071 | 1,524 | 2,916 | 2,194 | 1,437 | ||||||||||||||
| Pension funding minimums (4) | 128 | 12 | 24 | 26 | 66 | ||||||||||||||
| Securitization Facility (5) | 487 | 487 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Finance leases | 541 | 20 | 43 | 46 | 432 | ||||||||||||||
| Operating leases | 75 | 22 | 28 | 12 | 13 | ||||||||||||||
| Total contractual cash obligations | $ | 33,604 | $ | 2,153 | $ | 3,187 | $ | 13,679 | $ | 14,585 |
(1)Represents principal maturities which excludes interest, debt issuance costs and original issue discount.
(2)Refer to the “Description of Senior Secured Term Loans and Indentures” section for information on the maturity date of each tranche of term loans. The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of $22 million.
(3)Assumes that the variable interest rate on our existing term loans under our Term Loans Facility range from approximately 5.6% to 6.5% based on anticipated movements in Term SOFR, which given the ongoing volatility in rates, are highly uncertain. In addition, interest payments include the impact of the existing interest rate swap, cap and collar agreements described in Note 19, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
(4)Represents future benefit payments expected to be paid from the pension and post-retirement benefit plans or from the Company’s assets.
(5)An incremental draw on the Securitization Facility of $162.5 million occurred in October 2024.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company utilizes letters of credit to back certain payment and performance obligations. Letters of credit are subject to limits based on amounts outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2024, the Company had $67 million in letters of credit outstanding.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which often requires the judgment of management in the selection and application of certain accounting principles and methods. Management believes that the quality and reasonableness of our most critical policies enable the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations. However, investors are cautioned that the sensitivity of financial statements to these methods, assumptions and estimates could create materially different results under different conditions or using different assumptions.
Below are those policies applied in preparing our financial statements that management believes are the most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. For additional significant accounting policies, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
37
Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue from contracts with customers using the five step model prescribed in ASC 606. A substantial portion of the Company's revenue is recorded at a point in time. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products or services when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied and control of promised goods or services have transferred to the customer. Control is transferred when the customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain benefits from the goods or services. Revenue is measured at the amount of consideration the Company expects to be paid in exchange for goods or services. In a limited number of contracts, control transfers to the customer over time, primarily in contracts where the customer is required to pay for the cost of both the finished and unfinished goods at the time of cancellation plus a reasonable profit relative to the work performed for products that were customized for the customer. Therefore, we recognize revenue over time for those agreements that have a right to margin and where the products being produced have no alternative use. For agreements with multiple performance obligations, judgment is required to determine whether performance obligations specified in these agreements are distinct and should be accounted for as separate revenue transactions for recognition purposes based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. The primary method used to estimate a standalone selling price is the price observed in standalone sales to customers for the same product or service. We consider the contractual consideration payable by the customer and assesses variable consideration that may affect the total transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the estimated transaction price when there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount, including whether the estimate should be constrained in order to avoid a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. These estimates are based on historical experience, anticipated performance under the terms of the contract and our best judgment at the time.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” the Company uses the acquisition method of accounting to allocate costs of acquired businesses to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess costs of acquired businesses over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized as goodwill. The valuations of the acquired assets and liabilities will impact the determination of future operating results. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, discount rates, customer attrition rates, royalty rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. We determine the fair values of intangible assets acquired generally in consultation with third-party valuation advisors. Fair value adjustments to the Company’s assets and liabilities are recognized and the results of operations of the acquired business are included in our consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the merger or acquisition.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed or exchanged, regardless of the Company’s intent to do so. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of acquisition and are reviewed at least annually for impairment based on cash flow projections and fair value estimates.
U.S. GAAP requires that the annual, and any interim, goodwill impairment assessment be performed at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units have been identified at the operating unit level, which is one level below our operating segments. Substantially all goodwill was determined and recognized for each reporting unit pursuant to the accounting for the merger or acquisition as of the date of each transaction. With respect to acquisitions integrated into an existing reporting unit, any acquired goodwill is combined with the goodwill of the reporting unit.
Companies may perform a qualitative assessment as the initial step in the annual goodwill impairment testing process for all or selected reporting units. Companies are also allowed to bypass the qualitative analysis and perform a quantitative analysis if desired. Economic uncertainties and the length of time from the calculation of a baseline fair value are factors that we consider in determining whether to perform a quantitative test.
When we evaluate the potential for goodwill impairment using a qualitative assessment, we consider factors including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, entity specific factors such as strategy and changes in key personnel and overall financial performance. If, after completing this assessment, it is determined that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a quantitative impairment test. For the quantitative test, management determines the estimated fair value through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved for each reporting unit. If the estimated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of goodwill of the reporting unit may exist. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model for impairment testing includes discount rates, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates are set by using the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) methodology. The WACC methodology considers market and industry data in determining the appropriate discount rates to be used, inclusive of company-specific risk factors. The Company utilizes a third party valuation firm to assist in the determination of the WACC. The discount rate utilized for each reporting unit is indicative of the return an investor would expect to receive for investing in such a business.
Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates, sales projections and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows a common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
38
Table of Contents
The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison between the estimated fair values and carrying values. If the carrying amounts of intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives exceed their estimated fair values, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the difference. Management utilizes the royalty savings valuation method to determine the estimated fair value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset. In this method, management estimates the royalty savings arising from the ownership of the intangible asset. The key assumptions used in estimating the royalty savings for impairment testing include discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates, sales projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates used are similar to the rates developed by the WACC methodology, inclusive of considering any differences in company-specific risk factors between reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets. Royalty rates are established by management with the advice of valuation experts. Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and sales projections for each significant intangible asset. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual sales estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
The discounted cash flow and royalty savings valuation methodologies require management to make certain assumptions based upon information available at the time the valuations are performed. Actual results could differ from these assumptions. Management believes the assumptions used are reflective of what a market participant would have used in calculating fair value considering the current economic conditions.
The Company had 50 reporting units with goodwill and 47 reporting units with indefinite-lived intangible assets as of the first day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, the date of the annual impairment test. The Company identified 14 reporting units to test for impairment using a quantitative test for both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Of the 14 reporting units selected for quantitative testing, six reporting units primarily were either a recent acquisition or met certain criteria determined by management. For the remaining eight reporting units, the Company elected to bypass the qualitative analysis and perform a quantitative test considering the length of time since the last determination of baseline fair values. The estimated fair values of each of these reporting units and other indefinite-lived intangible assets were in excess of their respective carrying values. We believe we incorporate conservative sensitivity ranges on certain company-specific projected data, including earnings before taxes and net sales, which are significant assumptions in the discounted cash flow valuation model to determine estimated fair value, such that actual results would need to be materially out of the range of the expected assumptions in order for an impairment to occur.
Stock-Based Compensation – The cost of the Company’s stock-based compensation is recorded in accordance with ASC 718, “Stock Compensation.” The Company uses a Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires assumptions regarding the expected volatility of the Company’s common shares, the risk-free interest rate, the expected life of the stock options award and the Company’s dividend yield. The Company primarily utilizes historical data in determining the assumptions. An increase or decrease in the assumptions or economic events outside of management’s control could, and do, have an impact on the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company estimates stock option forfeitures based on historical data. The total number of stock options expected to vest is adjusted by actual and estimated forfeitures. Changes to the actual and estimated forfeitures will result in a cumulative adjustment in the period of change. The Company also evaluates any subsequent changes to the respective option holders terms under the modification rules of ASC 718. If determined to be a modification, the Black-Scholes pricing model is updated as of the date of the modification resulting in a cumulative catch-up to expense.
Income Taxes – The Company estimates income taxes in each jurisdiction in which it operates. This involves estimating taxable earnings, specific taxable and deductible items, the likelihood of generating sufficient future taxable income to utilize deferred tax assets and possible exposures related to future tax audits. To the extent these estimates change, adjustments to deferred and accrued income taxes are made in the period in which the changes occur. Historically, such adjustments have not been significant.
New Accounting Standards
For information about new accounting standards, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
39
Table of Contents
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We present below certain financial information based on our EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined. References to “EBITDA” mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and references to “EBITDA As Defined” mean EBITDA plus, as applicable for each relevant period, certain adjustments as set forth in the reconciliations of net income to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined and the reconciliations of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined presented below.
Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP. We present EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined because we believe they are useful indicators for evaluating operating performance and liquidity.
Our management believes that EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined are useful as indicators of liquidity because securities analysts, investors, rating agencies and others use EBITDA to evaluate a company’s ability to incur and service debt. In addition, EBITDA As Defined is useful to investors because the revolving credit facility under our senior secured credit facility requires compliance under certain circumstances, on a pro forma basis, with a financial covenant that measures the ratio of the amount of our secured indebtedness to the amount of our Consolidated EBITDA defined in the same manner as we define EBITDA As Defined herein.
In addition to the above, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to review and assess the performance of the management team in connection with employee incentive programs and to prepare its annual budget and financial projections. Moreover, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to evaluate acquisitions.
Although we use EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined as measures to assess the performance of our business and for the other purposes set forth above, the use of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider any of them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service interest payments on our indebtedness;
•although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects any cash requirements for such replacements;
•the omission of the substantial amortization expense associated with our intangible assets further limits the usefulness of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined;
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined includes the payment of taxes, which is a necessary element of our operations; and
•EBITDA As Defined excludes the cash expense we have incurred to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, which is a necessary element of certain of our acquisitions.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Management compensates for these limitations by not viewing EBITDA or EBITDA As Defined in isolation and specifically by using other U.S. GAAP measures, such as net income, net sales and operating profit, to measure our operating performance. Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and neither should be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
40
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Net Income | $ | 1,715 | $ | 1,299 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 312 | 268 | ||||
| Interest expense-net | 1,286 | 1,164 | ||||
| Income tax provision | 500 | 417 | ||||
| EBITDA | 3,813 | 3,148 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Acquisition transaction and integration-related expenses (1) | 70 | 18 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | 217 | 157 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | 58 | 56 | ||||
| Other, net (4) | 15 | 16 | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 4,173 | $ | 3,395 |
| (1) | Represents costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses into TD Group’s operations; facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs; transaction and valuation-related costs for acquisitions comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses; and amortization expense of inventory step-up recorded in connection with the purchase accounting of acquired businesses. | |
|---|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the compensation expense recognized by TD Group under our stock incentive plans and deferred compensation plans. | |
| (3) | Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements. | |
| (4) | Primarily represents foreign currency transaction (gains) or losses, payroll withholding taxes related to dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, non-service related pension costs, deferred compensation payments and other miscellaneous (income) expense. |
41
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 2,045 | $ | 1,375 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and sales of businesses | 272 | 415 | ||||
| Interest expense-net (1) | 1,246 | 1,123 | ||||
| Income tax provision-current | 490 | 414 | ||||
| Loss contract amortization | 35 | 34 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | (217) | (157) | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | (58) | (56) | ||||
| EBITDA | 3,813 | 3,148 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Acquisition transaction and integration-related expenses (4) | 70 | 18 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | 217 | 157 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | 58 | 56 | ||||
| Other, net (5) | 15 | 16 | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 4,173 | $ | 3,395 |
| (1) | Represents interest expense, net of interest income, excluding the amortization of debt issuance costs and premium and discount on debt. | |
|---|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the compensation expense recognized by TD Group under our stock incentive plans and deferred compensation plans. | |
| (3) | Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements. | |
| (4) | Represents costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses into TD Group’s operations; facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs; transaction and valuation-related costs for acquisitions comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses; and amortization expense of inventory step-up recorded in connection with the purchase accounting of acquired businesses. | |
| (5) | Primarily represents foreign currency transaction (gains) or losses, payroll withholding taxes related to dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, non-service related pension costs, deferred compensation payments and other miscellaneous (income) expense. |
42
Table of Contents
FY 2023 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001260221-23-000081.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with TD Group’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the heading entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this report. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.
Overview
For fiscal year 2023, we generated net sales of $6,585 million, gross profit of $3,842 million or 58.3% of net sales, and net income attributable to TD Group of $1,298 million. We believe we have achieved steady, long-term growth in sales and improvements in operating performance due to our competitive strengths and through execution of our value-driven operating strategy. More specifically, we believe that focusing our businesses on our value-driven operating strategy of obtaining profitable new business, carefully controlling the cost structure and pricing our highly engineered value-added products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so has historically resulted in improvements in gross profit and income from operations over the long-term.
Our selective acquisition strategy has also been an important contribution to the growth of our business. The integration of acquisitions into our existing businesses combined with implementing our proven operating strategy has historically resulted in improvements in the financial performance of the acquired business.
We believe our key competitive strengths include:
Large and Growing Installed Product Base with Aftermarket Revenue Stream. We provide components to a large and growing installed base of aircraft to which we supply aftermarket products. We estimate that our products are installed on over 100,000 commercial transport, regional transport, military and general aviation fixed wing turbine aircraft and rotary wing aircraft.
Diversified Revenue Base. We believe that our diversified revenue base reduces our dependence on any particular product, platform or market channel and has been a significant factor in maintaining our financial performance. Our products are installed on almost all of the major commercial aircraft platforms now in production. We expect to continue to develop new products for military and commercial applications. Our current initiatives include creating new products that are more environmentally friendly, such as radiation-free exciters, and creating new products that will help further improve commercial airlines’ efforts to keep passengers healthy and safe, such as touch-free aircraft lavatory suite products.
Our business strategy is made up of two key elements: (1) a value-driven operating strategy focused around our three core value drivers and (2) a selective acquisition strategy.
Value-Driven Operating Strategy. Our three core value drivers are:
•Obtaining Profitable New Business. We attempt to obtain profitable new business by using our technical expertise and application skill and our detailed knowledge of our customer base and the individual niche markets in which we operate. We have regularly been successful in identifying and developing both aftermarket and OEM products to drive our growth.
•Improving Our Cost Structure. We are committed to maintaining and continuously improving our lean cost structure through detailed attention to the cost of each of the products that we offer and our organizational structure, with a focus on reducing the cost of each.
•Providing Highly Engineered Value-Added Products to Customers. We focus on the engineering, manufacturing and marketing of a broad range of highly engineered niche products that we believe provide value to our customers. We believe we have been consistently successful in communicating to our customers the value of our products. This has generally enabled us to price our products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so.
23
Table of Contents
Selective Acquisition Strategy. We selectively pursue the acquisition of proprietary aerospace component businesses when we see an opportunity to create value through the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies. The aerospace industry, in particular, remains highly fragmented, with many of the companies in the industry being small private businesses or small non-core operations of larger businesses. We have significant experience among our management team in executing acquisitions and integrating acquired businesses into our company and culture. As of the date of this report, we have successfully acquired approximately 88 businesses and product lines since our formation in 1993. Many of these acquisitions have been integrated into an existing TransDigm production facility, which enables a higher production capacity utilization, which in turn improves gross profit levels due to the ability to spread the fixed manufacturing overhead costs over higher production volume. In the case of larger acquisitions that consist of multiple operating units (such as the Esterline acquisition in fiscal 2019), we may pursue opportunities to divest certain acquired operating units that are not in line with our long-term acquisition strategy.
Acquisitions and divestitures during the most recent three fiscal years is described in Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein. Also as further disclosed in Note 2, on November 9, 2023, TransDigm announced that it entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the Electron Device Business of Communications & Power Industries for approximately $1,385 million in cash. The acquisition is expected to close by the end of TransDigm’s third quarter of fiscal 2024.
Throughout fiscal 2023, we continued to see a rebound in our commercial aerospace end markets from the COVID-19 pandemic and are encouraged by the progression of the commercial aerospace market recovery to date. Commercial air travel in domestic markets continues to lead the air traffic recovery with most domestic markets nearing, achieving or surpassing pre-pandemic air traffic levels. The pace of the international recovery has been slower than the domestic recovery and remains below pre-pandemic levels. However, international RPKs, a metric used to measure air traffic demand, continues to make positive strides as most countries have removed international traveler restrictions and there is pent-up demand for long-haul travel. Current industry consensus indicates that worldwide RPKs will recover or surpass calendar year 2019 (i.e., pre-pandemic levels) in calendar year 2024. Therefore, we expect the Company's commercial aerospace end markets to continue progressing into fiscal 2024 barring any significant disruptions or setbacks. In fiscal 2023, we experienced improved sales in the commercial OEM sector primarily due to increased aircraft production by Boeing and Airbus. Aircraft production rates continue to lag pre-pandemic levels, mainly due to continued commercial OEM supply chain issues that are slowing the pace of new aircraft manufacturing. However, airline demand for new aircraft is strong and both Boeing and Airbus have disclosed further planned OEM production rate increases for calendar 2024.
The pace of U.S. government defense spending outlays and government funding reprioritization provides for uncertainty in the defense aerospace market. Defense sales rebounded in the second half of fiscal 2023 due to improving U.S. government defense spend outlays (though, in management’s estimation, the current lag between spend authorizations and outlays remains longer than historical average levels). Recent DOD budgets have trended upwards; however, the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and Israel and Hamas and potential impact on reprioritization of U.S. government defense spending and other ancillary impacts of these conflicts causes uncertainty.
In fiscal 2023, the pandemic continued to disrupt the global supply chain and labor markets, though the disruption has gradually improved. The disruption has resulted in delays in the availability of certain raw materials and increased freight costs, raw material costs and labor costs. Our business has been adversely affected, though not materially, and could continue to be adversely affected by disruptions in our ability to timely obtain raw materials and components from our suppliers in the quantities we require or on favorable terms. Although we believe in most cases that we could identify alternative suppliers, or alternative raw materials or component parts, the lengthy and expensive aviation authority and OEM certification processes associated with aerospace products could prevent efficient replacement of a supplier, raw material or component part.
24
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain operating data of the Company, including presentation of the amounts as a percentage of net sales (amounts in millions, except per share data):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | % of Net Sales | 2022 | % of Net Sales | ||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 6,585 | 100.0 | % | $ | 5,429 | 100.0 | % | |||||
| Cost of sales | 2,743 | 41.7 | % | 2,330 | 42.9 | % | |||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses | 780 | 11.8 | % | 748 | 13.8 | % | |||||||
| Amortization of intangible assets | 139 | 2.1 | % | 136 | 2.5 | % | |||||||
| Income from operations | 2,923 | 44.4 | % | 2,215 | 40.8 | % | |||||||
| Interest expense-net | 1,164 | 17.7 | % | 1,076 | 19.8 | % | |||||||
| Refinancing costs | 56 | 0.9 | % | 1 | — | % | |||||||
| Other (income) expense | (13) | (0.2) | % | 18 | 0.3 | % | |||||||
| Gain on sale of businesses-net | — | — | % | (7) | (0.1) | % | |||||||
| Income tax provision | 417 | 6.3 | % | 261 | 4.8 | % | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations | 1,299 | 19.7 | % | 866 | 16.0 | % | |||||||
| Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests | (1) | — | % | (1) | — | % | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations attributable to TD Group | 1,298 | 19.7 | % | 865 | 15.9 | % | |||||||
| Income from discontinued operations, net of tax | — | — | % | 1 | — | % | |||||||
| Net income attributable to TD Group | $ | 1,298 | 19.7 | % | $ | 866 | 16.0 | % | |||||
| Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders | $ | 1,260 | (1) | 19.1 | % | $ | 780 | (1) | 14.4 | % | |||
| Earnings per share attributable to TD Group common stockholders: | |||||||||||||
| Earnings per share from continuing operations—basic and diluted | $ | 22.03 | (2) | $ | 13.38 | (2) | |||||||
| Earnings per share from discontinued operations—basic and diluted | — | (2) | 0.02 | (2) | |||||||||
| Earnings per share | $ | 22.03 | $ | 13.40 | |||||||||
| Cash dividends paid per common share | $ | — | $ | 18.50 | |||||||||
| Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted | 57.2 | 58.2 | |||||||||||
| Other Data: | |||||||||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 3,148 | (3) | $ | 2,456 | (3) | |||||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 3,395 | (3) | 51.6 | % | $ | 2,646 | (3) | 48.7 | % |
(1)Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders represents net income attributable to TD Group less special dividends declared or paid on participating securities, including dividend equivalent payments of $38 million and $86 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
(2)Earnings per share from continuing operations is calculated by dividing net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders, excluding income from discontinued operations, net of tax, by the basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding. Earnings per share from discontinued operations is calculated by dividing income from discontinued operations, net of tax, by the basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding.
(3)Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure.
25
Table of Contents
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2022
Total Company
•Net Sales. Net organic sales and acquisition sales and the related dollar and percentage changes for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | % Change Net Sales | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2023 | September 30, 2022 | Change | ||||||||||||
| Organic sales | $ | 6,414 | $ | 5,429 | $ | 985 | 18.1 | % | ||||||
| Acquisition sales | 171 | — | 171 | 3.1 | % | |||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 6,585 | $ | 5,429 | $ | 1,156 | 21.2 | % |
Organic sales represent net sales from existing businesses owned by the Company, excluding sales from acquisitions. Acquisition sales represent net sales from acquired businesses for the period up to one year subsequent to their respective acquisition date. We believe this measure provides investors with a supplemental understanding of underlying sales trends by providing sales growth on a consistent basis. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information on the Company's recent acquisitions activity.
The increase in organic sales of $985 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 is primarily related to increases in commercial aftermarket sales ($494 million, an increase of 31.4%), commercial OEM sales ($266 million, an increase of 23.1%) and defense sales ($242 million, an increase of 10.4%). The increase in commercial aftermarket sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in commercial air travel demand and the resulting higher flight hours and utilization of aircraft in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. The increase in commercial OEM sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in both narrow-body and wide-body aircraft production and deliveries. The increase in defense sales is primarily attributable to improving U.S. government defense spend outlays (though, in management’s estimation, the current lag between spend authorizations and outlays remains longer than historical average levels but has improved in the second half of fiscal 2023).
The acquisition sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 are attributable to Calspan, which was acquired in the third quarter of fiscal 2023, and DART Aerospace (“DART”), which was acquired in the third quarter of fiscal 2022.
•Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Cost of sales increased by $413 million or 17.7%, to $2,743 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared to $2,330 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. Cost of sales and the related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2023 | September 30, 2022 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
| Cost of sales - excluding costs below | $ | 2,746 | $ | 2,390 | $ | 356 | 14.9 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 41.7 | % | 44.0 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense | 17 | 19 | (2) | (10.5) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.3 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||
| Foreign currency losses (gains) | 14 | (40) | 54 | 135.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.2 | % | (0.7) | % | ||||||||||
| Loss contract amortization | (34) | (39) | 5 | 12.8 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | (0.5) | % | (0.7) | % | ||||||||||
| Total cost of sales | $ | 2,743 | $ | 2,330 | $ | 413 | 17.7 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 41.7 | % | 42.9 | % | ||||||||||
| Gross profit (Net sales less Total cost of sales) | $ | 3,842 | $ | 3,099 | $ | 743 | 24.0 | % | ||||||
| Gross profit percentage (Gross profit / Net sales) | 58.3 | % | 57.1 | % |
The change in cost of sales during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 decreased as a percentage of net sales despite increased inflationary pressures. This was primarily driven by the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers) coupled with fixed overhead costs incurred being spread over a higher production volume. A favorable sales mix, specifically, higher commercial aftermarket sales as a percentage of net sales compared to commercial OEM and defense net sales also contributed to the gross profit as a percentage of net sales increasing by 1.2 percentage points to 58.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 from 57.1% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
26
Table of Contents
Regarding the specific components to cost of sales listed above, foreign exchange rates, particularly the U.S. dollar compared to the British pound and the euro, weakened particularly in the first half of fiscal 2023 resulting in unfavorable movement. In fiscal 2022, the U.S. dollar strengthened considerably in the fourth quarter resulting in foreign currency gains. No other material movement in the components to cost of sales were identified.
•Selling and Administrative Expenses. Selling and administrative expenses increased by $32 million to $780 million, or 11.8% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 from $748 million, or 13.8% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. Selling and administrative expenses and the related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2023 | September 30, 2022 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses - excluding costs below | $ | 629 | $ | 563 | $ | 66 | 11.7 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 9.6 | % | 10.4 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense | 141 | 165 | (24) | (14.5) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 2.1 | % | 3.0 | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition integration costs | 8 | 7 | 1 | 14.3 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses | 6 | 4 | 2 | 50.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Bad debt expense | (4) | 9 | (13) | (144.4) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | (0.1) | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Total selling and administrative expenses | $ | 780 | $ | 748 | $ | 32 | 4.3 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 11.8 | % | 13.8 | % |
Selling and administrative expenses during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 improved as a percentage of net sales compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 as a result of higher net sales and our continued strategic cost mitigation efforts. The decrease in non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense is primarily attributable to fewer modifications to existing stock option grants compared to prior year. The change in bad debt expense in fiscal 2023 relates to the improving market conditions within commercial aerospace and the resulting reduction in assessed risk associated with the collectability of certain trade accounts receivable.
•Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $139 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared to $136 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. The increase in amortization expense of $3 million was primarily due to the amortization expense recognized on intangible assets from the third quarter of fiscal 2023 acquisition of Calspan and the third quarter of fiscal 2022 acquisition of DART. The increase was partially offset by the Cobham Aero Connectivity (“CAC”) acquisition backlog being fully amortized in fiscal 2022.
•Interest Expense-net. Interest expense-net includes interest on borrowings outstanding, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premium, revolving credit facility fees, finance leases, interest income and the impact of interest rate swaps and caps designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges. Interest expense-net increased $88 million, or 8.2%, to $1,164 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 from $1,076 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. The increase in interest expense-net was primarily due to an increase in the base rates, i.e., Term SOFR and London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), to the portion of our variable rate debt that is not hedged via an interest rate swap or cap. This was partially offset by a $93 million increase in interest income. The weighted average interest rate for cash interest payments on total borrowings outstanding for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 was 6.2% compared to 5.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
•Refinancing Costs. Refinancing costs of $56 million incurred for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 were primarily related to third party fees incurred for the refinancing activity completed during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 as summarized in Note 12, “Debt,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein. Refinancing costs of $1 million were incurred for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
27
Table of Contents
•Other (Income) Expense. Other (income) expense was $(13) million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared to $18 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. Other (income) for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 primarily related to a $9 million cash refund received for the Esterline Retirement Plan (the “ERP”) upon the finalizing of the group annuity purchase funding. Refer to Note 13, “Retirement Plans,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information. Other expense for fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 was primarily driven by a pension settlement charge of approximately $22 million for the ERP. Partially offsetting this expense was the non-service related components of benefit costs on the Company's benefit plans of $(3) million.
•Gain on Sale of Businesses-net. No gain on sale of businesses-net was recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. Gain on sale of businesses-net of $7 million was recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, and is primarily related to the net gain on sale recognized on the ScioTeq and TREALITY Simulation Visual Systems (“ScioTeq and TREALITY”) and Technical Airborne Components (“TAC”) divestitures. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information.
•Income Tax Provision. Income tax expense as a percentage of income before income taxes was approximately 24.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared to 23.2% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. The Company’s higher effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 was primarily due to an increase in the valuation allowance applicable to the Company's net interest deduction limitation carryforward, partially offset by the impact of excess tax benefits associated with share-based payments.
•Income from Discontinued Operations, net of tax. No income from discontinued operations, net of tax, was recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, was $1 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 and related to a final working capital settlement received on the divestiture of the Souriau-Sunbank Connection Technologies business.
•Net Income Attributable to TD Group. Net income attributable to TD Group increased $432 million, or 49.9%, to $1,298 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared to net income attributable to TD Group of $866 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, primarily as a result of the factors referenced above.
•Earnings per Share. Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations was $22.03 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 and $13.38 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. Basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations was $0.02 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. There was no impact on earnings per share from discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 of $1,298 million was decreased by dividend equivalent payments of $38 million, or $0.67 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $1,260 million. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 of $866 million was decreased by dividend equivalent payments of $86 million, or $1.47 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $780 million.
Business Segments
•Segment Net Sales. Net sales by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | % of Net Sales | 2022 | % of Net Sales | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 3,316 | 50.3 | % | $ | 2,873 | 52.9 | % | $ | 443 | 15.4 | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 3,094 | 47.0 | % | 2,391 | 44.1 | % | 703 | 29.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 175 | 2.7 | % | 165 | 3.0 | % | 10 | 6.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 6,585 | 100.0 | % | $ | 5,429 | 100.0 | % | $ | 1,156 | 21.3 | % |
Net sales for the Power & Control segment increased $443 million, an increase of 15.4%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. The sales increase resulted primarily from increases in organic sales in the commercial aftermarket ($236 million, an increase of 29.6%), defense ($145 million, an increase of 10.2%) and commercial OEM ($86 million, an increase of 16.3%). The increase in commercial aftermarket sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in commercial air travel demand and the resulting higher flight hours and utilization of aircraft in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. The increase in defense sales is primarily attributable to slowly improving U.S. government defense spend outlays (though, in management’s estimation, the current lag between spend authorizations and outlays remains longer than historical average levels but has improved in the second half of fiscal 2023). The increase in commercial OEM sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in both narrow-body and wide-body aircraft production and deliveries.
28
Table of Contents
Net sales for the Airframe segment increased $703 million, an increase of 29.4%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. The sales increase resulted primarily from increases in organic sales in the commercial aftermarket ($259 million, an increase of 33.2%), commercial OEM ($181 million, an increase of 29.6%) and defense ($96 million, an increase of 10.8%). The increase in commercial aftermarket sales, commercial OEM sales and defense sales for the Airframe segment is attributable to the same factors described in the paragraph above for the Power & Control segment. Acquisition sales increased by $171 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2023 due to the impact of the Calspan and DART acquisitions. Acquisition sales represent net sales from acquired businesses for the period up to one year subsequent to their respective acquisition date.
The change in Non-aviation net sales compared to the prior fiscal year was not material.
•EBITDA As Defined. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure. EBITDA As Defined by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | % of Segment Net Sales | 2022 | % of Segment Net Sales | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 1,866 | 56.3 | % | $ | 1,531 | 53.3 | % | $ | 335 | 21.9 | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 1,547 | 50.0 | % | 1,121 | 46.9 | % | 426 | 38.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 71 | 40.6 | % | 65 | 39.4 | % | 6 | 9.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Total segment EBITDA As Defined | 3,484 | 52.9 | % | 2,717 | 50.0 | % | 767 | 28.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Less: Unallocated corporate EBITDA As Defined | 89 | 1.3 | % | (1) | 71 | 1.3 | % | (1) | 18 | 25.4 | % | |||||||||
| Total Company EBITDA As Defined | $ | 3,395 | 51.6 | % | (1) | $ | 2,646 | 48.7 | % | (1) | $ | 749 | 28.3 | % |
(1)Calculated as a percentage of consolidated net sales.
EBITDA As Defined for the Power & Control segment increased approximately $335 million, an increase of 21.9%, resulting from higher organic sales in the commercial aftermarket, commercial OEM and defense channels. Also contributing to the increase in EBITDA As Defined was the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies and positive leverage on our fixed overhead costs spread over a higher production volume despite the ongoing inflationary environment for freight, labor and certain raw materials.
EBITDA As Defined for the Airframe segment increased approximately $426 million, an increase of 38.0%. The increase in EBITDA as Defined for the Airframe segment is attributable to the same factors described in the paragraph above for the Power & Control segment. EBITDA As Defined for the Airframe segment from acquisitions was approximately $48 million due to the impact of the Calspan and DART acquisitions. EBITDA As Defined from acquisitions represents EBITDA As Defined from acquired businesses for the period up to one year subsequent to the respective acquisition date.
The change in Non-aviation EBITDA as Defined compared to the prior fiscal year was not material.
Corporate expenses consist primarily of compensation, benefits, professional services and other administrative costs incurred by the corporate offices. An immaterial amount of corporate expenses is allocated to the operating segments. The increase compared to the prior fiscal year is primarily attributable to the deferred compensation plan adopted in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022 for certain members of non-executive management.
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2021
For our results of operations for fiscal 2022 compared with fiscal 2021, refer to the discussion in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” of Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2022.
29
Table of Contents
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have historically maintained a capital structure comprising a mix of equity and debt financing. We vary our leverage both to optimize our equity return and to pursue acquisitions. We expect to meet our current debt obligations as they come due through internally generated funds from current levels of operations and/or through refinancing in the debt markets prior to the maturity dates of our debt.
The following tables present selected balance sheet, cash flow and other financial data relevant to the liquidity or capital resources of the Company for the periods specified below (amounts in millions):
| September 30, 2023 | September 30, 2022 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Selected Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 3,472 | $ | 3,001 | ||
| Working capital (Total current assets less total current liabilities) | 5,159 | 4,223 | ||||
| Total assets | 19,970 | 18,107 | ||||
| Total debt (1) | 19,750 | 19,795 | ||||
| TD Group stockholders’ deficit | (1,984) | (3,773) |
(1)Includes debt issuance costs and original issue discount and premiums. Reference Note 12, “Debt,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| Selected Cash Flow and Other Financial Data: | ||||||
| Cash flows provided by (used in): | ||||||
| Operating activities | $ | 1,375 | $ | 948 | ||
| Investing activities | (900) | (553) | ||||
| Financing activities | (16) | (2,148) | ||||
| Capital expenditures | 139 | 119 | ||||
| Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1) | 2.5x | 2.0x |
(1)For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premium and the “interest component” of rental expense.
If the Company has excess cash, it generally prioritizes allocating the excess cash in the following manner: (1) capital spending at existing businesses, (2) acquisitions of businesses, (3) payment of a special dividend and/or repurchases of our common stock and (4) prepayment of indebtedness or repurchase of debt.
The Company’s ability to make scheduled interest payments on, or to refinance, the Company’s indebtedness, or to fund non-acquisition related capital expenditures and research and development efforts, will depend on the Company’s ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond its control.
In fiscal 2023, the Company refinanced over $9,800 million of its term loans and notes to extend maturity dates, reduce interest rates (in the case of refinancing the $1,100 million of 8.00% senior secured notes due 2025 - the “2025 Secured Notes”) and transition the benchmark rate of our variable rate debt from based on LIBOR to Term SOFR. As a result of the refinancing activity, there is no maturity on any tranche of term loans or notes until March 2026.
In connection with the refinancing activity in fiscal 2023, we entered into forward starting interest rate collar agreements aggregating to a notional amount of $1,600 million. For the remaining $4,700 million notional amount of interest rate swaps and cap, we entered into LIBOR to Term SOFR basis interest rate swap and cap transactions to effectively convert our existing swaps and cap from LIBOR-based to Term SOFR-based. The basis swaps and cap offset the LIBOR exposure of the existing swaps and cap and effectively fix the Term SOFR rate for the notional amount.
The Company's objective is to maintain an allocation of at least 75% fixed rate and 25% variable rate debt thereby limiting its exposure to changes in near-term interest rates. Interest rate swaps, caps and collars used to hedge and offset, respectively, the variable interest rates on our term loans are further described in Note 21, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein. As of September 30, 2023, approximately 90% of our gross debt was fixed rate.
30
Table of Contents
On July 25, 2023, the Company amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, increase the borrowing capacity from $350 million to $450 million and extend the maturity date to July 25, 2024 at an interest rate of three-month Term SOFR plus 1.60%, compared to an interest rate of three-month Term SOFR plus 1.30% that applied prior to the amendment. The total drawn on the Securitization Facility remains at $350 million as of September 30, 2023.
Also, in fiscal 2023, we used existing cash on hand to fund the $729 million acquisition of Calspan, which was completed on May 8, 2023.
As of September 30, 2023, the Company has significant cash liquidity as illustrated in the table presented below (in millions):
| As of September 30, 2023 | ||
|---|---|---|
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 3,472 |
| Availability on revolving credit facility | 759 | |
| Availability on Securitization Facility | 100 | |
| Cash liquidity (1) | $ | 4,331 |
(1)When considering the impact of the estimated $2,020 million payment in special dividends and dividend equivalents in November 2023, described below, the pro forma cash liquidity as of September 30, 2023 is $2,311 million.
We believe our significant cash liquidity will allow us to meet our anticipated funding requirements. We expect to meet our short-term cash liquidity requirements (including interest obligations and capital expenditures) through net cash from operating activities, cash on hand and, if needed, draws on the revolving credit facility. Long-term cash liquidity requirements consist primarily of obligations under our long-term debt agreements.
In connection with the continued application of our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers), we expect our efforts will continue to generate strong margins and provide sufficient cash provided by operating activities to meet our interest obligations and liquidity needs. We believe our cash provided by operating activities and available borrowing capacity will enable us to make strategic business acquisitions, pay dividends to our shareholders and make opportunistic investments in our own stock, subject to any restrictions in our existing credit agreement and market conditions.
On November 9, 2023, TransDigm announced that it entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the Electron Device Business of Communications & Power Industries for approximately $1,385 million in cash. The acquisition is expected to close by the end of TransDigm’s third quarter of fiscal 2024 and is expected to be financed through a combination of existing cash on hand and new long-term debt.
On November 9, 2023, the Company announced that TD Group's Board of Directors authorized and declared a special cash dividend of $35.00 on each outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on eligible vested options outstanding under its stock option plans. The record date and payment date for the special dividend is November 20, 2023 and November 27, 2023, respectively. The total estimated cash payment, to be funded by existing cash on hand, related to the special dividend and dividend equivalent payments in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 is approximately $2,020 million.
The Company estimates its capital expenditures in fiscal year 2024 to be approximately 2% to 3% of net sales, which is consistent with its historical annual spend as a percentage of net sales. The Company’s capital expenditures incurred from year-to-year are funded using existing cash on hand and are primarily for projects that are consistent with our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers).
The Company may issue additional debt or refinance existing debt if prevailing market conditions are favorable to doing so. In addition, the Company may increase its borrowings in connection with acquisitions, if cash flow from operating activities becomes insufficient to fund current operations or for other short-term cash needs or for common stock repurchases or dividends. Our future leverage will also be impacted by the then current conditions of the credit markets.
Operating Activities. The Company generated $1,375 million of net cash from operating activities during fiscal 2023 compared to $948 million during fiscal 2022.
The change in trade accounts receivable during fiscal 2023 was a use of cash of $212 million compared to a use of cash of $190 million in fiscal 2022. The increase in the use of cash of $22 million is primarily attributable to the increase in sales volume and related timing of cash receipts. The Company continues to actively manage its accounts receivable, the related agings and collection efforts.
31
Table of Contents
The change in inventories during fiscal 2023 was a use of cash of $261 million compared to a use of cash of $134 million in fiscal 2022. The increase in the use of cash of $127 million is primarily driven by increased purchasing from higher demand in fiscal 2023 as raw material inventory is up approximately $185 million compared to at September 30, 2022. The Company also continues to actively and strategically manage inventory levels in response to existing ongoing supply chain challenges.
The change in accounts payable during fiscal 2023 was a source of cash of $12 million compared to a source of cash of $58 million in fiscal 2022. The change is due to the timing of payments to suppliers.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $900 million during fiscal 2023, consisting primarily of the acquisition of Calspan for approximately $729 million, certain product line acquisitions aggregating to approximately $33 million and capital expenditures of $139 million.
Net cash used in investing activities was $553 million during fiscal 2022, consisting primarily of the acquisition of DART for approximately $360 million, certain product line acquisitions aggregating to approximately $62 million and capital expenditures of $119 million. This was slightly offset by $3 million in proceeds received from the final working capital settlement for the ScioTeq and TREALITY divestiture.
Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $16 million during fiscal 2023. The use of cash was primarily attributable to repayments on term loans of $7,334 million, which consists of the full repayment of the existing principal for the Tranche E, Tranche F and Tranche G term loans ($7,284 million), plus normal course principal payments on the Tranche E, Tranche F, Tranche H and Tranche I term loans ($50 million), the redemptions of the (1) 2025 Secured Notes for $1,122 million, (2) 6.375% senior subordinated notes due 2026 (the “6.375% 2026 Notes”) for $950 million and (3) 6.875% senior subordinated notes due 2026 (the “6.875% 2026 Notes”) for $509 million, dividend equivalent payments of $38 million and other financing fees of $20 million. This was primarily offset by the total net proceeds from the issuance of Tranche H and Tranche I term loans of $6,238 million, net proceeds of $2,068 million from the completion of the 6.75% senior secured notes due 2028 (the “2028 Secured Notes”) offering, net proceeds of $1,436 million from the completion of the 6.875% senior secured notes due 2030 (the “2030 Secured Notes”) offering and $215 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.
Net cash used in financing activities was $2,148 million during fiscal 2022. The use of cash was primarily attributable to $1,091 million of dividends and dividend equivalent payments, $912 million in common stock repurchases, the $200 million repayment of a previous draw on the revolving commitments and repayment on term loans of $75 million. This was partially offset by $132 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.
Description of Senior Secured Term Loans and Indentures
Senior Secured Term Loans Facility
TransDigm has $6,249 million in fully drawn term loans (the “Term Loans Facility”) and an $810 million revolving credit facility. The Term Loans Facility consists of two tranches of term loans as follows (aggregate principal amount disclosed is as of September 30, 2023):
| Term Loans Facility | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tranche H | $1,713 million | February 22, 2027 | Term SOFR plus 3.25% | |||
| Tranche I | $4,536 million | August 24, 2028 | Term SOFR plus 3.25% |
The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of $16 million. The revolving commitments consist of two tranches which include up to $152 million of multicurrency revolving commitments. At September 30, 2023, the Company had $51 million in letters of credit outstanding and $759 million in borrowings available under the revolving commitments. Draws on the revolving commitments are subject to an interest rate of 2.50% per annum. The unused portion of the revolving commitments is subject to a fee of 0.5% per annum.
The interest rates per annum applicable to the Tranche H and Tranche I term loans under the Credit Agreement are, at TransDigm’s option, equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted Term SOFR for one, three or six-month interest periods chosen by TransDigm, in each case plus an applicable margin percentage. The adjusted Term SOFR related to the Tranche H and Tranche I term loans are not subject to a floor. Refer to Note 21, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” for information about how our interest rate swaps, caps and collar agreements are used to hedge and offset, respectively, the variable interest rates on our debt.
32
Table of Contents
Fiscal 2023 Amendments to the Credit Agreement
On December 14, 2022, the Company entered into Amendment No. 10, Loan Modification Agreement and Refinancing Facility Agreement (herein, “Amendment No. 10”) to the Credit Agreement. Under the terms of Amendment No. 10, the Company, among other things, repaid in full its existing approximately $1,725 million in Tranche G term loans maturing August 22, 2024 and replaced such loans with approximately $1,725 million in Tranche H term loans maturing February 22, 2027. The Tranche H term loans bear interest at Term SOFR plus 3.25% compared to the former Tranche G term loans which bore interest at LIBOR plus 2.25%. The Tranche H term loans were issued at a discount of 2.00%, or approximately $34.5 million. The Tranche H term loans were fully drawn on December 14, 2022 and the other terms and conditions that apply to the Tranche H term loans are substantially the same as the terms and conditions that applied to the term loans immediately prior to Amendment No. 10.
On February 24, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 11, Loan Modification Agreement and Refinancing Facility Agreement (herein, “Amendment No. 11”), to the Credit Agreement. Under the terms of Amendment No. 11, the Company, among other things, repaid in full its existing approximately $2,149 million in Tranche E term loans maturing May 30, 2025 and approximately $3,410 million in Tranche F term loans maturing December 9, 2025 and replaced such loans with approximately $4,559 million in Tranche I term loans maturing August 24, 2028 and the $1,000 million 2028 Secured Notes. The Tranche I term loans bear interest at Term SOFR plus 3.25% compared to the former Tranche E and Tranche F term loans which bore interest at LIBOR plus 2.25%. The Tranche I term loans were issued at a discount of 0.25%, or approximately $11.4 million. The Tranche I term loans were fully drawn on February 24, 2023 and the other terms and conditions that apply to the Tranche I term loans are substantially the same as the terms and conditions that applied to the term loans immediately prior to Amendment No. 11.
On June 16, 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 12 to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (herein, “Amendment No. 12”). Under the terms of Amendment No. 12, the Company, among other things, removed the option to utilize LIBOR as a benchmark rate for any revolving loans and all future loans under the Credit Agreement and replaced such rate with Term SOFR for all dollar denominated loans and with Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”) for all euro denominated revolving loans.
Indentures
The following table represents the senior subordinated and secured notes outstanding as of September 30, 2023:
| Description | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 Secured Notes | $4,400 million | March 15, 2026 | 6.25% | |||
| 7.50% 2027 Notes | $550 million | March 15, 2027 | 7.50% | |||
| 5.50% 2027 Notes | $2,650 million | November 15, 2027 | 5.50% | |||
| 2028 Secured Notes | $2,100 million | August 15, 2028 | 6.75% | |||
| 4.625% 2029 Notes | $1,200 million | January 15, 2029 | 4.625% | |||
| 4.875% 2029 Notes | $750 million | May 1, 2029 | 4.875% | |||
| 2030 Secured Notes | $1,450 million | December 15, 2030 | 6.875% |
The 7.50% 2027 Notes, the 5.50% 2027 Notes, the 4.625% 2029 Notes and the 4.875% 2029 Notes (collectively, the “Subordinated Notes”) were issued at a price of 100% of the principal amount. The initial $3,800 million offering of the 2026 Secured Notes (which, along with the 2028 Secured Notes and 2030 Secured Notes, are collectively referred to as the “Secured Notes”) was issued at a price of 100% of its principal amount and the subsequent $200 million and $400 million offerings of the 2026 Secured Notes in the second quarter of fiscal 2019 and the third quarter of fiscal 2020, respectively, were issued at a price of 101% of their principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $4,411 million. The initial $1,000 million offering and the subsequent $1,100 million offering of the 6.75% senior secured notes due 2028 (collectively, the “2028 Secured Notes”) in the second quarter of fiscal 2023 were issued at a price of 100% and 99%, respectively, of their principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $2,089 million. The 2030 Secured Notes were issued in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023 at a price of 100% of the principal amount.
The Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes do not require principal payments prior to their maturity. Interest under the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes are payable semi-annually. The Subordinated Notes represent our unsecured obligations ranking subordinate to our senior debt, as defined in the applicable indentures. The Secured Notes represent our secured obligations ranking equally to all existing and future senior debt, as defined in the applicable indentures. The Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes contain many of the restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement. TransDigm is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes.
33
Table of Contents
Guarantor Information
The Subordinated Notes are subordinated to all of our existing and future senior secured debt, including indebtedness under TransDigm’s existing senior secured credit facilities, rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our future debt that is expressly subordinated to the Subordinated Notes. The Subordinated Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and TransDigm Inc.’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indentures). The table set forth in Exhibit 22.1 filed with this Form 10-K details the primary obligors and guarantors. The guarantees of the Subordinated Notes are subordinated to all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of their future debt that is expressly subordinated to the guarantees of the Subordinated Notes. The Subordinated Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TD Group’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
The Secured Notes are senior secured debt of TransDigm and rank equally in right of payment with all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior secured debt, including indebtedness under TransDigm’s existing senior secured credit facilities, and are senior in right of payment to all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the Subordinated Notes. The 2026 Secured Notes and the 2028 Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and TransDigm Inc.’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indentures). The 2030 Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TD Group and each of TransDigm Inc.’s direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable indenture) that is a borrower or guarantor under TransDigm’s senior secured credit facilities or that issues or guarantees any capital markets indebtedness of TransDigm Inc. or any of the guarantors in an aggregate principal amount of at least $200 million. As of the date of this Form 10-K, the guarantors of the 2030 Secured Notes are the same as the guarantors of the 2026 Secured Notes and the 2028 Secured Notes. The table set forth in Exhibit 22.1 filed with this Form 10-K details the primary obligors and guarantors. The guarantees of the Secured Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior secured debt and are senior in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt. The Secured Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TransDigm’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
Separate financial statements of TransDigm Inc. are not presented because the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis (if Subordinated Notes) and senior secured basis (if Secured Notes) by TD Group, TransDigm UK and all of TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. TD Group has no significant operations or assets separate from its investment in TransDigm Inc.
The financial information presented is that of TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and the other Guarantors, which includes TransDigm UK, on a combined basis and the financial information of non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries has been excluded. Intercompany balances and transactions between TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and the other Guarantors have been eliminated, and amounts due from, amounts due to, and transactions with non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries have been presented separately.
| (in millions) | September 30, 2023 | |
|---|---|---|
| Current assets | $ | 4,723 |
| Goodwill | 7,112 | |
| Other non-current assets | 3,237 | |
| Current liabilities | 868 | |
| Non-current liabilities | 20,034 | |
| Amounts (from) due to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors-net | (1,496) |
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||
|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | September 30, 2023 | |
| Net sales | $ | 5,184 |
| Sales to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors | 37 | |
| Cost of sales | 2,022 | |
| Expense from subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors-net | 52 | |
| Income from continuing operations | 909 | |
| Net income attributable to TD Group | 909 |
34
Table of Contents
Certain Restrictive Covenants in Our Debt Documents
The Credit Agreement and the indentures governing the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of special dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, liens and encumbrances, and prepayments of certain other indebtedness.
The restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement are subject to amendments executed periodically. The most recent amendment that impacted the restrictive covenants contained in the Credit Agreement is Amendment No. 11.
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, TransDigm is entitled, on one or more occasions, to request additional term loans or additional revolving commitments to the extent that the existing or new lenders agree to provide such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments provided that, among other conditions, our consolidated net leverage ratio would be no greater than 7.25x and the consolidated secured net debt ratio would be no greater than 5.00x, in each case, after giving effect to such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments.
If any such default occurs, the lenders under the Credit Agreement and the holders of the Subordinated Notes and Secured Notes may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under the Credit Agreement also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. In addition, following an event of default under the Credit Agreement or the indentures governing the Secured Notes, the lenders thereunder or the holders thereof, as applicable, will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the debt, which includes our available cash, and they will also have the right to prevent us from making debt service payments on the Subordinated Notes.
With the exception of the revolving credit facility, the Company has no maintenance covenants in its existing term loan and indenture agreements. Under the Credit Agreement, if the usage of the revolving credit facility exceeds 35%, or $284 million, of the total revolving commitments, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio of net debt to trailing four-quarter EBITDA As Defined of 7.25x as of the last day of the fiscal quarter.
As of September 30, 2023, the Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants and expects to remain in compliance with its debt covenants in subsequent periods.
Trade Receivable Securitization Facility
During fiscal 2014, the Company established a trade receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”). The Securitization Facility effectively increases the Company’s borrowing capacity depending on the amount of the domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable. The Securitization Facility includes the right for the Company to exercise annual one year extensions as long as there have been no termination events as defined by the agreement. The Company uses the proceeds from the Securitization Facility as an alternative to other forms of debt, effectively reducing borrowing costs. The Securitization Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable.
On July 25, 2023, the Company amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, increase the borrowing capacity from $350 million to $450 million and extend the maturity date to July 25, 2024 at an interest rate of three-month Term SOFR plus 1.60%, compared to an interest rate of three-month Term SOFR plus 1.30% that applied prior to the amendment. As of September 30, 2023, the total drawn on the Securitization Facility remains at $350 million. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, the applicable interest rate was 6.95% and 3.84%, respectively.
Dividend and Dividend Equivalent Payments
No dividends were declared during fiscal 2023. Pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated TransDigm Group Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan, the Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Option Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan and the 2019 Stock Option Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan, all of the vested options granted under the existing stock option plans, except for grants to the members of the Board of Directors, are entitled to certain dividend equivalent payments in the event of the declaration of a dividend by the Company. In August 2022, all members of the Board of Directors at that time executed amendments to their option agreements resulting in the directors no longer receiving dividend equivalent payments in cash, but rather for dividends declared after June 1, 2022, dividends result in a reduction of strike price.
On August 26, 2022, the Company paid a special cash dividend of $18.50 on each outstanding share of common stock, totaling $1,005 million. In fiscal 2023 and 2022, the Company paid approximately $38 million and $86 million in dividend equivalent payments, respectively.
35
Table of Contents
On November 9, 2023, the Company announced that TD Group's Board of Directors authorized and declared a special cash dividend of $35.00 on each outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on eligible vested options outstanding under its stock option plans. The record date and payment date for the special dividend is November 20, 2023 and November 27, 2023, respectively. The total estimated cash payment, to be funded by existing cash on hand, related to the special dividend and dividend equivalent payments in the first quarter of fiscal 2024 is approximately $2,020 million. Refer to Note 18, “Stock-Based Compensation,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements herein for further information on the Company’s dividend equivalent payments.
Any future declaration of special cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions under the Credit Agreement and indentures governing the Notes, the availability of surplus under Delaware law and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. TD Group is a holding company and conducts all of its operations through direct and indirect subsidiaries. Unless TD Group receives dividends, distributions, advances, transfers of funds or other payments from our subsidiaries, TD Group will be unable to pay any dividends on our common stock in the future. The ability of any subsidiaries to take any of the foregoing actions is limited by the terms of our Term Loans Facility and indentures and may be limited by future debt or other agreements that we may enter into.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash requirements from all significant contractual obligations as of September 30, 2023 (in millions):
| Total | Payment Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual | Less than | Between | Between | Over | |||||||||||||||
| Obligations | 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 3-5 Years | 5 Years | |||||||||||||||
| Senior Subordinated and Secured Notes (1) | $ | 13,100 | $ | — | $ | 4,400 | $ | 5,300 | $ | 3,400 | |||||||||
| Term Loans Facility (2) | 6,249 | 63 | 126 | 6,060 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Scheduled interest payments (3) | 5,179 | 1,234 | 2,244 | 1,443 | 258 | ||||||||||||||
| Pension funding minimums (4) | 117 | 11 | 23 | 23 | 60 | ||||||||||||||
| Securitization Facility | 350 | 350 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Finance leases | 379 | 16 | 34 | 34 | 295 | ||||||||||||||
| Operating leases | 80 | 20 | 31 | 16 | 13 | ||||||||||||||
| Total contractual cash obligations | $ | 25,454 | $ | 1,694 | $ | 6,858 | $ | 12,876 | $ | 4,026 |
(1)Represents principal maturities which excludes interest, debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premiums.
(2)The Tranche H term loans mature in February 2027 and the Tranche I term loans mature in August 2028. The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of $16 million.
(3)Assumes that the variable interest rate on our Tranche H and Tranche I term loans under our Term Loans Facility range from approximately 5.8% to 6.8% based on anticipated movements in Term SOFR, which given the ongoing volatility in rates, are highly uncertain. In addition, interest payments include the impact of the existing interest rate swap, cap and collar agreements described in Note 21, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
(4)Represents future benefit payments expected to be paid from the pension and post-retirement benefit plans or from the Company’s assets.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company utilizes letters of credit to back certain payment and performance obligations. Letters of credit are subject to limits based on amounts outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2023, the Company had $51 million in letters of credit outstanding.
36
Table of Contents
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which often requires the judgment of management in the selection and application of certain accounting principles and methods. Management believes that the quality and reasonableness of our most critical policies enable the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations. However, investors are cautioned that the sensitivity of financial statements to these methods, assumptions and estimates could create materially different results under different conditions or using different assumptions.
Below are those policies applied in preparing our financial statements that management believes are the most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. For additional significant accounting policies, see Note 3, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue from contracts with customers using the five step model prescribed in ASC 606. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products or services when obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied and control of promised goods or services have transferred to the customer. Control is transferred when the customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain benefits from the goods or services. Revenue is measured at the amount of consideration the Company expects to be paid in exchange for goods or services. A substantial portion of the Company's revenue is recorded at a point in time. Sales recognized over time are generally accounted for using an input measure to determine progress completed at the end of the period. Sales for service contracts generally are recognized as the services are provided. For agreements with multiple performance obligations, judgment is required to determine whether performance obligations specified in these agreements are distinct and should be accounted for as separate revenue transactions for recognition purposes based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. The primary method used to estimate a standalone selling price is the price observed in standalone sales to customers for the same product or service. We consider the contractual consideration payable by the customer and assesses variable consideration that may affect the total transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the estimated transaction price when there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount, including whether the estimate should be constrained in order to avoid a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. These estimates are based on historical experience, anticipated performance under the terms of the contract and our best judgment at the time.
Inventories – Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost of inventories is generally determined by the average cost and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) methods and includes material, labor and overhead related to the manufacturing process. Because the Company sells products that are installed on airframes that can be in-service for 25 or more years, it must keep a supply of such products on hand while the airframes are in use. Where management estimated that the net realizable value was below cost or determined that future demand was lower than current inventory levels, based on historical experience, current and projected market demand, current and projected volume trends and other relevant current and projected factors associated with the current economic conditions, a reduction in inventory cost to estimated net realizable value was made by recording a provision included in cost of sales. Additionally, management believes that the Company’s estimates of excess and obsolete inventory are reasonable and material changes in future estimates or assumptions used to calculate our estimate is unlikely. However, actual results may differ materially from the estimates and additional provisions may be required in the future. A 10% change in our excess and obsolete inventory reserve at September 30, 2023 would not have a material impact on our results. In accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as current assets as all inventories are available and necessary to support current sales, even though a portion of the inventories may not be sold within one year.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” the Company uses the acquisition method of accounting to allocate costs of acquired businesses to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess costs of acquired businesses over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized as goodwill. The valuations of the acquired assets and liabilities will impact the determination of future operating results. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, discount rates, customer attrition rates, royalty rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. We determine the fair values of intangible assets acquired generally in consultation with third-party valuation advisors. Fair value adjustments to the Company’s assets and liabilities are recognized and the results of operations of the acquired business are included in our consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the merger or acquisition.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed or exchanged, regardless of the Company’s intent to do so. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of acquisition and are reviewed at least annually for impairment based on cash flow projections and fair value estimates.
U.S. GAAP requires that the annual, and any interim, goodwill impairment assessment be performed at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units have been identified at the operating unit level, which is one level below our operating segments. Substantially all goodwill was determined and recognized for each reporting unit pursuant to the accounting for the merger or acquisition as of the date of each transaction. With respect to acquisitions integrated into an existing reporting unit, any acquired goodwill is combined with the goodwill of the reporting unit.
37
Table of Contents
Companies may perform a qualitative assessment as the initial step in the annual goodwill impairment testing process for all or selected reporting units. Companies are also allowed to bypass the qualitative analysis and perform a quantitative analysis if desired. Economic uncertainties and the length of time from the calculation of a baseline fair value are factors that we consider in determining whether to perform a quantitative test.
When we evaluate the potential for goodwill impairment using a qualitative assessment, we consider factors including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, the competitive environment, changes in the market for our products and services, regulatory and political developments, entity specific factors such as strategy and changes in key personnel and overall financial performance. If, after completing this assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we proceed to a quantitative impairment test. For the quantitative test, management determines the estimated fair value through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved for each reporting unit. If the calculated estimated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of goodwill of the reporting unit may exist. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model for impairment testing includes discount rates, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates are set by using the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) methodology. The WACC methodology considers market and industry data in determining the appropriate discount rates to be used, inclusive of company-specific risk factors. The Company utilizes a third party valuation firm to assist in the determination of the WACC. The discount rate utilized for each reporting unit is indicative of the return an investor would expect to receive for investing in such a business.
Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates, sales projections and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows a common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison between the estimated fair values and carrying values. If the carrying amounts of intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives exceed their estimated fair values, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the difference. Management utilizes the royalty savings valuation method to determine the estimated fair value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset. In this method, management estimates the royalty savings arising from the ownership of the intangible asset. The key assumptions used in estimating the royalty savings for impairment testing include discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates, sales projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates used are similar to the rates developed by the WACC methodology, inclusive of considering any differences in company-specific risk factors between reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets. Royalty rates are established by management with the advice of valuation experts. Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and sales projections for each significant intangible asset. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual sales estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
The discounted cash flow and royalty savings valuation methodologies require management to make certain assumptions based upon information available at the time the valuations are performed. Actual results could differ from these assumptions. Management believes the assumptions used are reflective of what a market participant would have used in calculating fair value considering the current economic conditions.
The Company had 49 reporting units with goodwill and 46 reporting units with indefinite-lived intangible assets as of the first day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, the date of the annual impairment test. Based on its initial qualitative assessment over each of the reporting units, the Company identified five reporting units to test for impairment using a quantitative test for both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. The reporting units selected for quantitative testing either have higher commercial aerospace content and, as a result, had been more adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, or was a recent acquisition. The estimated fair values of each of these reporting units and other indefinite-lived intangible assets were in excess of their respective carrying values. We believe we incorporate conservative sensitivity ranges on certain company-specific projected data, including earnings before taxes and net sales, which are significant assumptions in the discounted cash flow valuation model to determine estimated fair value, such that actual results would need to be materially out of the range of the expected assumptions in order for an impairment to occur.
38
Table of Contents
Stock-Based Compensation – The cost of the Company’s stock-based compensation is recorded in accordance with ASC 718, “Stock Compensation.” The Company uses a Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires assumptions regarding the expected volatility of the Company’s common shares, the risk-free interest rate, the expected life of the stock options award and the Company’s dividend yield. The Company primarily utilizes historical data in determining the assumptions. An increase or decrease in the assumptions or economic events outside of management’s control could, and do, have an impact on the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company estimates stock option forfeitures based on historical data. The total number of stock options expected to vest is adjusted by actual and estimated forfeitures. Changes to the actual and estimated forfeitures will result in a cumulative adjustment in the period of change. The Company also evaluates any subsequent changes to the respective option holders terms under the modification rules of ASC 718. If determined to be a modification, the Black-Scholes pricing model is updated as of the date of the modification resulting in a cumulative catch-up to expense.
Income Taxes – The Company estimates income taxes in each jurisdiction in which it operates. This involves estimating taxable earnings, specific taxable and deductible items, the likelihood of generating sufficient future taxable income to utilize deferred tax assets and possible exposures related to future tax audits. To the extent these estimates change, adjustments to deferred and accrued income taxes are made in the period in which the changes occur. Historically, such adjustments have not been significant.
New Accounting Standards
For information about new accounting standards, see Note 4, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
39
Table of Contents
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We present below certain financial information based on our EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined. References to “EBITDA” mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and references to “EBITDA As Defined” mean EBITDA plus, as applicable for each relevant period, certain adjustments as set forth in the reconciliations of income from continuing operations to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined and the reconciliations of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined presented below.
Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP. We present EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined because we believe they are useful indicators for evaluating operating performance and liquidity.
Our management believes that EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined are useful as indicators of liquidity because securities analysts, investors, rating agencies and others use EBITDA to evaluate a company’s ability to incur and service debt. In addition, EBITDA As Defined is useful to investors because the revolving credit facility under our senior secured credit facility requires compliance under certain circumstances, on a pro forma basis, with a financial covenant that measures the ratio of the amount of our secured indebtedness to the amount of our Consolidated EBITDA defined in the same manner as we define EBITDA As Defined herein.
In addition to the above, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to review and assess the performance of the management team in connection with employee incentive programs and to prepare its annual budget and financial projections. Moreover, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to evaluate acquisitions.
Although we use EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined as measures to assess the performance of our business and for the other purposes set forth above, the use of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider any of them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service interest payments on our indebtedness;
•although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects any cash requirements for such replacements;
•the omission of the substantial amortization expense associated with our intangible assets further limits the usefulness of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined;
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined includes the payment of taxes, which is a necessary element of our operations; and
•EBITDA As Defined excludes the cash expense we have incurred to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, which is a necessary element of certain of our acquisitions.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Management compensates for these limitations by not viewing EBITDA or EBITDA As Defined in isolation and specifically by using other U.S. GAAP measures, such as net income, net sales and operating profit, to measure our operating performance. Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and neither should be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
40
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of income from continuing operations to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| Income from continuing operations | $ | 1,299 | $ | 866 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 268 | 253 | ||||
| Interest expense-net | 1,164 | 1,076 | ||||
| Income tax provision | 417 | 261 | ||||
| EBITDA | 3,148 | 2,456 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses and adjustments (1) | 18 | 18 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | 157 | 184 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | 56 | 1 | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses-net (4) | — | (7) | ||||
| Other, net (5) | 16 | (6) | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 3,395 | $ | 2,646 |
| (1) | Represents accounting adjustments to inventory associated with acquisitions of businesses and product lines that were charged to cost of sales when inventory was sold; costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses and product lines into TD Group’s operations, facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs; transaction-related costs for both acquisitions and divestitures comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses, and valuation costs that are required to be expensed as incurred. | |
|---|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the compensation expense recognized by TD Group under our stock incentive plans and deferred compensation plans. | |
| (3) | Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements. | |
| (4) | Represents the net gain on sale of businesses. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information. | |
| (5) | Primarily represents foreign currency transaction (gains) or losses, payroll withholding taxes related to dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, deferred compensation payments, non-service related pension costs including the pension settlement (gain) loss for the ERP (further disclosed in Note 13, “Retirement Plans,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein), and for fiscal 2022, proceeds received from a final working capital settlement for the ScioTeq and TREALITY divestiture. |
41
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 1,375 | $ | 948 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions of businesses | 415 | 288 | ||||
| Interest expense-net (1) | 1,123 | 1,076 | ||||
| Income tax provision - current | 414 | 283 | ||||
| Loss contract amortization | 34 | 39 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | (157) | (184) | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | (56) | (1) | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses-net (4) | — | 7 | ||||
| EBITDA | 3,148 | 2,456 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses and adjustments (5) | 18 | 18 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | 157 | 184 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | 56 | 1 | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses-net (4) | — | (7) | ||||
| Other, net (6) | 16 | (6) | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 3,395 | $ | 2,646 |
| (1) | Represents interest expense excluding the amortization of debt issuance costs and premium and discount on debt. | |
|---|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the compensation expense recognized by TD Group under our stock incentive plans and deferred compensation plans. | |
| (3) | Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements. | |
| (4) | Represents the net gain on sale of businesses. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information. | |
| (5) | Represents accounting adjustments to inventory associated with acquisitions of businesses and product lines that were charged to cost of sales when inventory was sold; costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses and product lines into TD Group’s operations, facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs; transaction-related costs for both acquisitions and divestitures comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses, and valuation costs that are required to be expensed as incurred. | |
| (6) | Primarily represents foreign currency transaction (gains) or losses, payroll withholding taxes related to dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, deferred compensation payments, non-service related pension costs including the pension settlement (gain) loss for the ERP (further disclosed in Note 13, “Retirement Plans,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein), and for fiscal 2022, proceeds received from a final working capital settlement for the ScioTeq and TREALITY divestiture. |
42
Table of Contents
FY 2022 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001260221-22-000065.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with TD Group’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the heading entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this report. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.
Overview
For fiscal year 2022, we generated net sales of $5,429 million, gross profit of $3,099 million or 57.1% of net sales, and net income attributable to TD Group of $866 million. The COVID-19 pandemic has continued to have an adverse impact on our net sales, net income and EBITDA As Defined when compared to pre-pandemic levels. Pre-pandemic, and as our business continues to recover from the pandemic, we believe we have achieved steady, long-term growth in sales and improvements in operating performance due to our competitive strengths and through execution of our value-driven operating strategy. More specifically, we believe that focusing our businesses on our value-driven operating strategy of obtaining profitable new business, carefully controlling the cost structure and pricing our highly engineered value-added products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so has historically resulted in improvements in gross profit and income from operations over the long-term.
Our selective acquisition strategy has also been an important contribution to the growth of our business. The integration of acquisitions into our existing businesses combined with implementing our proven operating strategy has historically resulted in improvements in the financial performance of the acquired business.
We believe our key competitive strengths include:
Large and Growing Installed Product Base with Aftermarket Revenue Stream. We provide components to a large and growing installed base of aircraft to which we supply aftermarket products. We estimate that our products are installed on over 100,000 commercial transport, regional transport, military and general aviation fixed wing turbine aircraft and rotary wing aircraft.
Diversified Revenue Base. We believe that our diversified revenue base reduces our dependence on any particular product, platform or market channel and has been a significant factor in maintaining our financial performance. Our products are installed on almost all of the major commercial aircraft platforms now in production. We expect to continue to develop new products for military and commercial applications. Our current initiatives include creating new products that are more environmentally friendly, such as radiation-free exciters, and creating new products that will help further improve commercial airlines’ efforts to keep passengers healthy and safe, such as touch-free aircraft lavatory suite products.
Our business strategy is made up of two key elements: (1) a value-driven operating strategy focused around our three core value drivers and (2) a selective acquisition strategy.
Value-Driven Operating Strategy. Our three core value drivers are:
•Obtaining Profitable New Business. We attempt to obtain profitable new business by using our technical expertise and application skill and our detailed knowledge of our customer base and the individual niche markets in which we operate. We have regularly been successful in identifying and developing both aftermarket and OEM products to drive our growth.
•Improving Our Cost Structure. We are committed to maintaining and continuously improving our lean cost structure through detailed attention to the cost of each of the products that we offer and our organizational structure, with a focus on reducing the cost of each.
•Providing Highly Engineered Value-Added Products to Customers. We focus on the engineering, manufacturing and marketing of a broad range of highly engineered niche products that we believe provide value to our customers. We believe we have been consistently successful in communicating to our customers the value of our products. This has generally enabled us to price our products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so.
23
Table of Contents
Selective Acquisition Strategy. We selectively pursue the acquisition of proprietary aerospace component businesses when we see an opportunity to create value through the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies. The aerospace industry, in particular, remains highly fragmented, with many of the companies in the industry being small private businesses or small non-core operations of larger businesses. We have significant experience among our management team in executing acquisitions and integrating acquired businesses into our company and culture. As of the date of this report, we have successfully acquired approximately 87 businesses and product lines since our formation in 1993. Many of these acquisitions have been integrated into an existing TransDigm production facility, which enables a higher production capacity utilization, which in turn improves gross profit levels due to the ability to spread the fixed manufacturing overhead costs over higher production volume. In the case of larger acquisitions that consist of multiple operating units (such as the Esterline acquisition), we may pursue opportunities to divest certain acquired operating units that are not in line with our long-term acquisition strategy.
Acquisitions and divestitures during the most recent three fiscal years are described in Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
The commercial aerospace industry, in particular, has been significantly disrupted, both domestically and internationally, by the pandemic. The pandemic has resulted in governments around the world implementing stringent measures to help control the spread of the virus, including quarantines, “shelter in place” and “stay at home” orders, travel restrictions, business curtailments and other measures. As a result, demand for travel declined at a rapid pace beginning in the second half of fiscal 2020 and has remained depressed compared to pre-pandemic levels. Although worldwide air traffic remains significantly lower than pre-pandemic levels, RPMs continued to steadily improve in fiscal 2022 and many aircraft parked by airlines have been returned to service. Commercial air travel in domestic markets continued to lead the air traffic recovery in fiscal 2022 with certain domestic markets nearing pre-pandemic air traffic levels. The pace of the international air traffic recovery has been slower than the domestic recovery, but international RPMs made positive strides in fiscal 2022 and are catching up to the domestic air traffic recovery. The commercial OEM market is continuing to show signs of recovery with airlines returning to the commercial OEMs to place orders; however, the commercial OEM supply chain challenges impacting manufacturers such as Boeing and Airbus are slowing the pace of new aircraft manufacturing. The exact pace and timing of the commercial air travel recovery remains uncertain and continues to evolve.
The defense aerospace market has been impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic to a lesser extent than the commercial aerospace market with this impact arising primarily from supply chain shortages. Additionally, within the defense market, the pace of U.S. government defense spending outlays and government funding reprioritization provides for uncertainty.
The COVID-19 pandemic has also disrupted the global supply chain and availability of raw materials. The disruption in the supply chain has resulted in increased freight costs, raw material costs and labor costs from the ongoing inflationary environment. Our business has been adversely affected and could continue to be adversely affected by disruptions in our ability to timely obtain raw materials and components from our suppliers in the quantities we require or on favorable terms. Although we believe in most cases that we could identify alternative suppliers, or alternative raw materials or component parts, the lengthy and expensive aviation authority and OEM certification processes associated with aerospace products could prevent efficient replacement of a supplier, raw material or component part.
Because the duration of the pandemic is unclear, it is difficult to forecast a precise impact on the Company’s future results. We will continue to evaluate the nature and extent to which COVID-19 will impact our business, supply chain, consolidated results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.
We are also monitoring the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine and the related export controls and financial and economic sanctions imposed on certain industry sectors, including the aviation sector, and parties in Russia by the U.S., the U.K., the European Union and others. Although the conflict has not resulted in a direct material adverse impact on TransDigm's business to date, the implications of the Russia and Ukraine conflict in the short-term and long-term are difficult to predict at this time. Factors such as increased energy costs, the availability of certain raw materials for aircraft manufacturers, embargoes on flights from Russian airlines, sanctions on Russian companies, and the stability of Ukrainian customers could impact the global economy and aviation sector.
24
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain operating data of the Company, including presentation of the amounts as a percentage of net sales (amounts in millions, except per share data):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | % of Net Sales | 2021 | % of Net Sales | ||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 5,429 | 100.0 | % | $ | 4,798 | 100.0 | % | |||||
| Cost of sales | 2,330 | 42.9 | % | 2,285 | 47.6 | % | |||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses | 748 | 13.8 | % | 685 | 14.3 | % | |||||||
| Amortization of intangible assets | 136 | 2.5 | % | 137 | 2.9 | % | |||||||
| Income from operations | 2,215 | 40.8 | % | 1,691 | 35.2 | % | |||||||
| Interest expense, net | 1,076 | 19.8 | % | 1,059 | 22.1 | % | |||||||
| Refinancing costs | 1 | — | % | 37 | 0.8 | % | |||||||
| Other expense (income) | 18 | 0.3 | % | (51) | (1.1) | % | |||||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net | (7) | (0.1) | % | (69) | (1.4) | % | |||||||
| Income tax provision | 261 | 4.8 | % | 34 | 0.7 | % | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations | 866 | 16.0 | % | 681 | 14.2 | % | |||||||
| Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests | (1) | — | % | (1) | — | % | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations attributable to TD Group | 865 | 15.9 | % | 680 | 14.2 | % | |||||||
| Income from discontinued operations, net of tax | 1 | — | % | — | — | % | |||||||
| Net income attributable to TD Group | $ | 866 | 16.0 | % | $ | 680 | 14.2 | % | |||||
| Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders | $ | 780 | (1) | 14.4 | % | $ | 607 | (1) | 12.7 | % | |||
| Earnings per share: | |||||||||||||
| Earnings per share from continuing operations—basic and diluted | $ | 13.38 | (2) | $ | 10.41 | (2) | |||||||
| Earnings per share from discontinued operations—basic and diluted | 0.02 | (2) | — | (2) | |||||||||
| Earnings per share | $ | 13.40 | $ | 10.41 | |||||||||
| Cash dividends declared per common share | $ | 18.50 | $ | — | |||||||||
| Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted | 58.2 | 58.4 | |||||||||||
| Other Data: | |||||||||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 2,456 | (3) | $ | 2,027 | (3) | |||||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 2,646 | (3) | 48.7 | % | $ | 2,189 | (3) | 45.6 | % |
(1)Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders represents net income attributable to TD Group less special dividends paid on participating securities, including dividend equivalent payments of $86 million and $73 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(2)Earnings per share from continuing operations is calculated by dividing net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders, excluding income from discontinued operations, net of tax, by the basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding. Earnings per share from discontinued operations is calculated by dividing income from discontinued operations, net of tax, by the basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding.
(3)Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure.
25
Table of Contents
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2021
Total Company
•Net Sales. Net organic sales and acquisition and divestiture sales and the related dollar and percentage changes for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | % Change Net Sales | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2022 | September 30, 2021 | Change | ||||||||||||
| Organic sales | $ | 5,355 | $ | 4,665 | $ | 690 | 14.4 | % | ||||||
| Acquisition and divestiture sales | 74 | 133 | (59) | (1.2) | % | |||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 5,429 | $ | 4,798 | $ | 631 | 13.2 | % |
Organic sales represent net sales from existing businesses owned by the Company, excluding sales from acquisitions and divestitures. Acquisition sales represent net sales from acquired businesses for the period up to one year subsequent to their respective acquisition date. Therefore, beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2022, Cobham Aero Connectivity’s (“CAC's”) net sales, including the comparable period in the prior year, are included in the organic growth calculation (acquisition date was January 2021). Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2022, DART Aerospace (“DART”) is included in the acquisitions and divestitures classification due to the completion of the acquisition by TransDigm. Divestiture sales represent net sales from businesses up to the date the respective divestiture was completed. Acquisition and divestiture sales are excluded from organic sales due to the variability in the nature, timing and extent of acquisitions and divestitures and resulting variable impact on underlying trends. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information on the Company's recent acquisition and divestiture activity.
The increase in organic sales of $690 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 is primarily related to increases in commercial aftermarket sales ($478 million, an increase of 44.8%) and commercial OEM sales ($221 million, an increase of 23.8%); partially offset by a decrease in defense sales ($52 million, a decrease of 2.2%). The increase in commercial aftermarket sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in commercial air travel demand, particularly the increase in the utilization of narrow-body aircraft, and air cargo demand and the resulting higher flight hours in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. The increase in OEM sales is primarily attributable to a higher volume of narrow-body aircraft deliveries by aircraft manufacturers to airlines and also production rate increases of narrow-body aircraft compared to fiscal 2021. Partially offsetting the OEM sales growth are wide-body aircraft production and delivery slowdowns due to the COVID-19 pandemic adversely impacting international travel particularly in the first half of fiscal 2022 and also due to Boeing's ongoing regulatory and quality challenges with the 737 MAX aircraft (particularly in China) and the 787 aircraft. The decrease in defense sales is attributable to continued supply chain shortages resulting in shipment delays and delays in U.S. government defense spend outlays.
The decrease in acquisition and divestiture sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 is primarily attributable to the divestitures of ScioTeq and TREALITY Simulation Visual Systems (“ScioTeq and TREALITY”), Technical Airborne Components (“TAC”), Racal Acoustics (“Racal”) and Avista, Inc. (“Avista”), all of which were completed in fiscal 2021, partially offset by the acquisitions of CAC and DART.
26
Table of Contents
•Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Cost of sales increased by $45 million, or 2.0%, to $2,330 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 compared to $2,285 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. Cost of sales and the related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2022 | September 30, 2021 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
| Cost of sales - excluding costs below | $ | 2,383 | $ | 2,277 | $ | 106 | 4.7 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 43.9 | % | 47.5 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense | 19 | 13 | 6 | 46.2 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.3 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition integration costs | 4 | 4 | — | — | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Inventory acquisition accounting adjustments | 3 | 6 | (3) | (50.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.1 | % | ||||||||||
| COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs | — | 29 | (29) | (100.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | — | % | 0.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Loss contract amortization | (39) | (55) | 16 | (29.1) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | (0.7) | % | (1.1) | % | ||||||||||
| Foreign currency (gains) losses | (40) | 11 | (51) | (463.6) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | (0.7) | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Total cost of sales | $ | 2,330 | $ | 2,285 | $ | 45 | 2.0 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 42.9 | % | 47.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Gross profit (Net sales less Total cost of sales) | $ | 3,099 | $ | 2,513 | $ | 586 | 23.3 | % | ||||||
| Gross profit percentage (Gross profit / Net sales) | 57.1 | % | 52.4 | % |
Excluding the specific components to cost of sales listed above, the change in cost of sales during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, which decreased as a percentage of net sales, was primarily driven by a favorable sales mix, specifically, higher commercial aftermarket sales as a percentage of net sales compared to commercial OEM net sales in the prior fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. In addition, despite increased freight, raw material, and labor costs resulting from the ongoing inflationary environment and disruption within the global supply chain and labor markets, the continued application of our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers) coupled with fixed overhead costs incurred being spread over a higher production volume, resulted in gross profit as a percentage of net sales increasing by 4.7 percentage points to 57.1% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 from 52.4% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021.
Regarding the specific components to cost of sales listed above, COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs were not material in fiscal 2022 and foreign exchange rates, particularly the U.S. dollar compared to the British pound and the euro, strengthened considerably in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, resulting in favorable movement compared to the prior year when the U.S. dollar depreciated against both the British pound and euro resulting in foreign currency losses.
Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense is higher due to the adoption of a new deferred compensation plan for certain members of non-executive management in fiscal 2022, the impact of the new stock option grants awarded in fiscal 2022 and the impact of a modification approved by the Board of Directors of the performance criteria for the fiscal 2021 and 2020 grants. Refer to Note 18, “Stock-Based Compensation,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information.
27
Table of Contents
•Selling and Administrative Expenses. Selling and administrative expenses increased by $63 million to $748 million, or 13.8% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 from $685 million, or 14.3% of net sales, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. Selling and administrative expenses and the related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | ||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2022 | September 30, 2021 | Change | % Change | |||||||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses - excluding costs below | $ | 563 | $ | 534 | $ | 29 | 5.4 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 10.4 | % | 11.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense | 165 | 117 | 48 | 41.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 3.0 | % | 2.4 | % | ||||||||||
| Bad debt expense | 9 | (2) | 11 | 550.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.2 | % | — | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition integration costs | 7 | 10 | (3) | (30.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses | 4 | 15 | (11) | (73.3) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.3 | % | ||||||||||
| COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs | — | 11 | (11) | (100.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | — | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Total selling and administrative expenses | $ | 748 | $ | 685 | $ | 63 | 9.2 | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 13.8 | % | 14.3 | % |
Excluding the specific components to selling and administrative expenses listed above, the change in selling and administrative expenses during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 improved as a percentage of net sales compared to the prior fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. This is a result of the continued realization of the cost mitigation measures that were enacted in the second half of fiscal 2020 and in fiscal 2021 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic partially offset by increased costs incurred for labor, travel and other sales support and administrative costs due to the ongoing inflationary environment and the lessening of travel restrictions from the pandemic enabling a return to conducting meetings and other business-related matters in person.
Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense is higher due to the adoption of a new deferred compensation plan for certain members of non-executive management in fiscal 2022, the impact of the new stock option grants awarded in fiscal 2022 and the impact of a modification approved by the Board of Directors of the performance criteria for the fiscal 2021 and 2020 grants. Refer to Note 18, “Stock-Based Compensation,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information.
The increase in bad debt expense is primarily attributable to certain non-U.S. customers and also the Russia and Ukraine conflict. The decrease in acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses is due to the lack of divestitures occurring in fiscal 2022.
•Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $136 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 compared to $137 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. The slight decrease in amortization expense of $1 million was due to the amortization expense recognized on intangible assets from the fiscal 2022 acquisition of DART being offset by sales order backlog recorded in connection with the CAC acquisition becoming fully amortized in the first quarter of fiscal 2022.
•Interest Expense-net. Interest expense-net includes interest on borrowings outstanding, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premium, revolving credit facility fees, finance leases and interest income. Interest expense-net increased $17 million, or 1.6%, to $1,076 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 from $1,059 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. The increase in interest expense-net was primarily due to an increase in LIBOR compared to the prior year, which adversely impacted the interest expense on the approximately 15% of gross debt that is variable rate and not hedged via an interest rate swap or cap. This was partially offset by a $12 million increase in interest income, the repayment of $200 million previously drawn on the revolving credit facility in the first quarter of fiscal 2022 and the favorable impact from refinancing activities executed in fiscal 2021. The weighted average interest rate for cash interest payments on total borrowings outstanding for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 was 5.3%.
•Refinancing Costs. Refinancing costs of $1 million were recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. Refinancing costs of $37 million recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 were primarily related to fees incurred on the early redemption of the 6.50% senior subordinated notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”) and the 6.50% senior subordinated notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”) that occurred in the second and third quarters of fiscal 2021.
28
Table of Contents
•Other Expense (Income). Other expense (income) was $18 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 compared to $(51) million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. Other expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 was primarily driven by a pension settlement charge of approximately $22 million for the Esterline Retirement Plan. Refer to Note 13, “Retirement Plans,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information. Partially offsetting this expense was the non-service related components of net periodic benefit costs on the Company's defined benefit pension plans ($3 million). Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 was primarily driven by $24 million recorded for the settlement of the insurance claim for Leach International Europe’s Niort, France operating facility fire in August 2019. This primarily represents the insurance proceeds received in excess of the carrying value of the damaged fixed assets and inventory and proceeds from the business interruption settlement. The remaining $27 million is primarily driven by non-service related components of net periodic benefit income on the Company's defined benefit pension plans ($14 million), receipt of payment of Canadian governmental subsidies ($7 million) and the release of a litigation reserve ($3 million).
•Gain on Sale of Businesses-net. Gain on sale of businesses-net of $7 million was recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, and is primarily driven by cash proceeds received from a final working capital settlement for the ScioTeq and TREALITY divestiture ($3 million). Gain on sale of businesses-net of $69 million was recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, and is primarily related to the net gain on sale recognized on the ScioTeq and TREALITY and TAC divestitures. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information.
•Income Tax Provision. Income tax expense as a percentage of income before income taxes was approximately 23.2% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 compared to 4.8% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. The Company’s significantly lower effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to a one time benefit from a tax election made on the Company's fiscal 2020 U.S. federal income tax return enabling the Company to utilize its net interest deduction limitation carryforward pursuant to IRC Section 163(j) resulting in the release of the valuation allowance applicable to such carryforward during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
•Income from Discontinued Operations, net of tax. Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 was $1 million, which was driven by cash proceeds received during the first quarter of fiscal 2022 from a final working capital settlement for the Souriau-Sunbank Connection Technologies (“Souriau-Sunbank”) divestiture. There was no income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. Refer to Note 23, “Discontinued Operations,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information.
•Net Income Attributable to TD Group. Net income attributable to TD Group increased $186 million, or 27.4%, to $866 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 compared to net income attributable to TD Group of $680 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, primarily as a result of the factors referenced above.
•Earnings per Share. Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations were $13.38 and $0.02, respectively, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations was $10.41 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. There was no impact on earnings per share from discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 of $866 million was decreased by dividend equivalent payments of $86 million, or $1.47 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $780 million, or $13.40 per share. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 of $680 million was decreased by dividend equivalent payments of $73 million, or $1.24 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $607 million, or $10.41 per share.
Business Segments
•Segment Net Sales. Net sales by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | % of Net Sales | 2021 | % of Net Sales | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 2,873 | 52.9 | % | $ | 2,550 | 53.1 | % | $ | 323 | 12.7 | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 2,391 | 44.1 | % | 2,083 | 43.5 | % | 308 | 14.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 165 | 3.0 | % | 165 | 3.4 | % | — | — | % | |||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 5,429 | 100.0 | % | $ | 4,798 | 100.0 | % | $ | 631 | 13.2 | % |
29
Table of Contents
Net sales for the Power & Control segment increased $323 million, an increase of 12.7%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. The sales increase resulted primarily from increases in organic sales in commercial aftermarket ($241 million, an increase of 43.5%) and commercial OEM ($83 million, an increase of 18.7%); partially offset by a decrease in organic defense sales ($28 million, a decrease of 1.9%). The increase in commercial aftermarket sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in commercial air travel demand, particularly the increase in the utilization of narrow-body aircraft, and air cargo demand and the resulting higher flight hours compared to fiscal 2021. The increase in commercial OEM sales is primarily attributable to a higher volume of narrow-body aircraft deliveries by aircraft manufacturers to airlines and also production rate increases of narrow-body aircraft compared to fiscal 2021. Partially offsetting the commercial OEM sales growth are wide-body aircraft production and delivery slowdowns due to the COVID-19 pandemic adversely impacting international travel particularly in the first half of fiscal 2022 and also due to Boeing's ongoing regulatory and quality challenges with the 737 MAX aircraft (particularly in China) and the 787 aircraft. The decrease in defense sales is attributable to continued supply chain shortages resulting in shipment delays and delays in U.S. government defense spend outlays. The change in acquisition and divestiture sales was not material.
Net sales for the Airframe segment increased $308 million, an increase of 14.8%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022. The sales increase resulted primarily from increases in organic sales in commercial aftermarket ($237 million, an increase of 46.2%) and commercial OEM ($138 million, an increase of 29.3%); partially offset by a decrease in organic defense sales ($23 million, a decrease of 2.6%). The increase in commercial aftermarket sales is primarily attributable to the continued recovery in commercial air travel demand, particularly the increase in the utilization of narrow-body aircraft, and air cargo demand and the resulting higher flight hours compared to fiscal 2021. The increase in commercial OEM sales is primarily attributable to a higher volume of narrow-body aircraft deliveries by aircraft manufacturers to airlines and also production rate increases of narrow-body aircraft compared to fiscal 2021. Partially offsetting the commercial OEM sales growth are wide-body aircraft production and delivery slowdowns due to the COVID-19 pandemic adversely impacting international travel particularly in the first half of fiscal 2022 and also due to Boeing's ongoing regulatory and quality challenges with the 737 MAX aircraft (particularly in China) and the 787 aircraft. The decrease in defense sales is attributable to continued supply chain shortages resulting in shipment delays and delays in U.S. government defense spend outlays. Acquisition and divestiture sales decreased $52 million primarily due to the divestitures completed during fiscal 2021, partially offset by the impact of CAC's sales being included in acquisition and divestiture sales through the first quarter of fiscal 2022 and DART's sales beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2022.
The change in Non-aviation net sales compared to the prior fiscal year was not material.
•EBITDA As Defined. Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure. EBITDA As Defined by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | % of Segment Net Sales | 2021 | % of Segment Net Sales | Change | % Change | |||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 1,531 | 53.3 | % | $ | 1,319 | 51.7 | % | $ | 212 | 16.1 | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 1,121 | 46.9 | % | 878 | 42.2 | % | 243 | 27.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 65 | 39.4 | % | 62 | 37.6 | % | 3 | 4.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Total segment EBITDA As Defined | 2,717 | 50.0 | % | 2,259 | 47.1 | % | 458 | 20.3 | % | |||||||||||
| Less: Unallocated corporate expenses | 71 | 1.3 | % | (1) | 70 | 1.5 | % | (1) | 1 | 1.4 | % | |||||||||
| Total Company EBITDA As Defined | $ | 2,646 | 48.7 | % | (1) | $ | 2,189 | 45.6 | % | (1) | $ | 457 | 20.9 | % |
(1)Calculated as a percentage of consolidated net sales.
Organic EBITDA As Defined represents EBITDA As Defined from existing businesses owned by the Company as of September 30, 2022, excluding EBITDA As Defined from acquisitions and divestitures. EBITDA As Defined from acquisitions and divestitures represents EBITDA As Defined from acquired businesses for the period up to one year subsequent to the respective acquisition date and from businesses up to the date the respective divestiture was completed. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information on the Company's recent acquisition and divestiture activity.
EBITDA As Defined for the Power & Control segment increased approximately $212 million, an increase of 16.1%, resulting from higher organic sales, particularly in the commercial aftermarket and OEM channels. Also contributing to the increase in EBITDA As Defined was the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies and positive leverage on our fixed overhead costs spread over a higher production volume despite the ongoing inflationary environment for freight, labor and certain raw materials. The change in EBITDA As Defined for the Power & Control segment from acquisitions and divestitures was not material for fiscal 2022.
30
Table of Contents
EBITDA As Defined for the Airframe segment increased approximately $243 million, an increase of 27.7%, resulting primarily from higher organic sales, particularly in the commercial aftermarket and OEM channels. Also contributing to the increase in EBITDA As Defined was the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies and positive leverage on our fixed overhead costs spread over a higher production volume despite the ongoing inflationary environment for freight, labor and certain raw materials. EBITDA As Defined for the Airframe segment from acquisitions and divestitures decreased by $9 million, primarily due to the impact on the comparable period from the divestitures completed in fiscal year 2021, partially offset by the impact of CAC (only through the first quarter of fiscal 2022) and DART (beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2022).
The change in Non-aviation EBITDA as Defined compared to the prior fiscal year was not material.
Corporate expenses consist primarily of compensation, benefits, professional services and other administrative costs incurred by the corporate offices. An immaterial amount of corporate expenses is allocated to the operating segments. The change in corporate expenses compared to the prior fiscal year was not material.
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2020
For our results of operations for fiscal 2021 compared with fiscal 2020, refer to the discussion in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” of Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 16, 2021.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have historically maintained a capital structure comprising a mix of equity and debt financing. We vary our leverage both to optimize our equity return and to pursue acquisitions. We expect to meet our current debt obligations as they come due through internally generated funds from current levels of operations and/or through refinancing in the debt markets prior to the maturity dates of our debt.
The following tables present selected balance sheet, cash flow and other financial data relevant to the liquidity or capital resources of the Company for the periods specified below (amounts in millions):
| September 30, 2022 | September 30, 2021 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Selected Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 3,001 | $ | 4,787 | ||
| Working capital (Total current assets less total current liabilities) | 4,223 | 5,367 | ||||
| Total assets | 18,107 | 19,315 | ||||
| Total debt (1) | 19,795 | 19,998 | ||||
| TD Group stockholders’ deficit | (3,773) | (2,916) |
(1)Includes debt issuance costs and original issue discount and premiums. Reference Note 12, “Debt,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Selected Cash Flow and Other Financial Data: | ||||||
| Cash flows provided by (used in): | ||||||
| Operating activities | $ | 948 | $ | 913 | ||
| Investing activities | (553) | (785) | ||||
| Financing activities | (2,148) | (70) | ||||
| Capital expenditures | 119 | 105 | ||||
| Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1) | 2.0x | 1.7x |
(1)For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premium and the “interest component” of rental expense.
If the Company has excess cash, it generally prioritizes allocating the excess cash in the following manner: (1) capital spending at existing businesses, (2) acquisitions of businesses, (3) payment of a special dividend and/or repurchases of our common stock and (4) prepayment of indebtedness or repurchase of debt.
31
Table of Contents
In fiscal 2022, the Company returned approximately $2 billion to shareholders through share repurchases and a special dividend payment. In the second and third quarters of fiscal 2022, the Company repurchased 1,490,413 shares of common stock at an average price of $612.13 per share, aggregating to approximately $912 million in repurchases. In August 2022, TransDigm's Board of Directors authorized and declared a special cash dividend of $18.50 on each outstanding share of common stock and cash dividend equivalent payments on vested options outstanding under its stock incentive plans. The total cash payment of the special dividend, using existing cash on hand, was approximately $1,045 million. Whether the Company undertakes additional share repurchases, special dividends or other aforementioned activities in fiscal 2023 will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company's liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors.
The Company’s ability to make scheduled interest payments on, or to refinance, the Company’s indebtedness, or to fund non-acquisition related capital expenditures and research and development efforts, will depend on the Company’s ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond its control, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.
The Company is continuing to strategically manage the Company’s cash and cash equivalents in response to the ongoing inflationary environment, COVID-19 pandemic and related uncertainty of the duration and impact on the Company’s business. In the first quarter of fiscal 2022, the Company entered into Amendment No. 9 and Incremental Revolving Credit Assumption Agreement (herein, “Amendment No. 9”) to the Credit Agreement, increasing the capacity under the revolving credit facility from $760 million to $810 million. The Company also repaid $200 million previously drawn on the revolving credit facility. In fiscal 2021, due to favorable market conditions in the high yield bond market, the Company refinanced $1,950 million of its senior subordinated notes resulting in a reduced interest rate (estimated $35 million reduction in annual interest payments) and an extended maturity date.
As of September 30, 2022, the Company has significant cash liquidity as illustrated in the table presented below (in millions):
| As of September 30, 2022 | ||
|---|---|---|
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 3,001 |
| Availability on revolving credit facility | 779 | |
| Cash liquidity | $ | 3,780 |
We believe our significant cash liquidity will allow us to meet our anticipated funding requirements. We expect to meet our short-term cash liquidity requirements (including interest obligations and capital expenditures) through net cash from operating activities, cash on hand and, if needed, draws on the revolving credit facility. Long-term cash liquidity requirements consist primarily of obligations under our long-term debt agreements. There is no maturity on any tranche of term loans or notes until August 2024.
In connection with the continued application of our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers), we expect our efforts will continue to generate strong margins and provide sufficient cash provided by operating activities to meet our interest obligations and liquidity needs. We believe our cash provided by operating activities and available borrowing capacity will enable us to make strategic business acquisitions, such as the DART acquisition completed in the third quarter of fiscal 2022 for $359 million, pay dividends to our shareholders and make opportunistic investments in our own stock, subject to any restrictions in our existing credit agreement and market conditions.
The Company may issue additional debt if prevailing market conditions are favorable to doing so. In addition, the Company may increase its borrowings in connection with acquisitions, if cash flow from operating activities becomes insufficient to fund current operations or for other short-term cash needs or for common stock repurchases or dividends. Our future leverage will also be impacted by the then current conditions of the credit markets.
Operating Activities. The Company generated $948 million of net cash from operating activities during fiscal 2022 compared to $913 million during fiscal 2021.
The change in trade accounts receivable during fiscal 2022 was a use of cash of $190 million compared to a use of cash of $78 million in fiscal 2021. The increase in the use of cash of $112 million is primarily attributable to the timing of cash receipts as there were higher sales in the month of September 2022 compared to September 2021. The Company continues to actively manage its accounts receivable, the related agings and collection efforts in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and other factors, such as the Russia and Ukraine conflict.
The change in inventories during fiscal 2022 was a use of cash of $134 million compared to a source of cash of $79 million in fiscal 2021. The increase in the use of cash of $213 million is primarily driven by increased purchasing from higher demand in fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2023 as raw material inventory is up approximately $109 million compared to at September 30, 2021. The Company continues to actively and strategically manage inventory levels in response to the pandemic and the ongoing supply chain challenges.
32
Table of Contents
The change in accounts payable during fiscal 2022 was a source of cash of $58 million compared to a source of cash of $3 million in fiscal 2021. The change is primarily due to increased inventory purchases and the related timing of payments to suppliers.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $553 million during fiscal 2022, consisting of the acquisitions of DART and certain product line acquisitions made by our Extant Aerospace subsidiary for a total of $437 million and capital expenditures of $119 million. This was slightly offset by $3 million in proceeds received from the final working capital settlement for the ScioTeq and TREALITY divestiture. The Company estimates its capital expenditures in fiscal year 2023 to be approximately 2% to 3% of net sales, which is consistent with its historical annual spend as a percentage of net sales. The Company’s capital expenditures incurred from year-to-year are funded using existing cash on hand and are primarily for projects that are consistent with our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers).
Net cash used in investing activities was $785 million during fiscal 2021, consisting primarily of the acquisition of CAC for $963 million and capital expenditures of $105 million. This was partially offset by proceeds of $259 million from the completion of the divestiture of certain businesses and $24 million of insurance proceeds received from the Leach International Europe fire property claim.
Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $2,148 million during fiscal 2022. The use of cash was primarily attributable to $1,091 million of dividends and dividend equivalent payments, $912 million in common stock repurchases, the $200 million repayment of a previous draw on the revolving commitments and repayment on term loans of $75 million. This was partially offset by $132 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.
Net cash used in financing activities was $70 million during fiscal 2021. The use of cash was primarily attributable to the redemption of the 2024 Notes and 2025 Notes for $1,220 million and $762 million, respectively, repayments on term loans of $75 million and dividend equivalent payments of $73 million. This was partially offset by $1,189 million in net proceeds from the completion of the 4.625% senior subordinated notes due 2029 (the “4.625% 2029 Notes”) offering, $743 million in net proceeds from the completion of the 4.875% senior subordinated notes due 2029 (the “4.875% 2029 Notes”) offering and $128 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.
Description of Senior Secured Term Loans and Indentures
Senior Secured Term Loans Facility
TransDigm has $7,298 million in fully drawn term loans (the “Term Loans Facility”) and an $810 million revolving credit facility. The Term Loans Facility consists of three tranches of term loans as follows (aggregate principal amount disclosed is as of September 30, 2022):
| Term Loans Facility | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tranche E | $2,155 million | May 30, 2025 | LIBOR plus 2.25% | |||
| Tranche F | $3,418 million | December 9, 2025 | LIBOR plus 2.25% | |||
| Tranche G | $1,725 million | August 22, 2024 | LIBOR plus 2.25% |
The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of $19 million. The revolving commitments consist of two tranches which include up to $152 million of multicurrency revolving commitments. At September 30, 2022, the Company had $31 million in letters of credit outstanding and $779 million in borrowings available under the revolving commitments. Draws on the revolving commitments are subject to an interest rate of 2.50% per annum. The unused portion of the revolving commitments is subject to a fee of 0.5% per annum.
The interest rates per annum applicable to the loans under the Credit Agreement are, at TransDigm’s option, equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted LIBOR for one, two, three or six-month (or to the extent agreed to by each relevant lender, nine or twelve-month) interest periods chosen by TransDigm, in each case plus an applicable margin percentage. The adjusted LIBOR related to Tranche E, Tranche F and Tranche G term loans are not subject to a floor. At September 30, 2022 and 2021, the applicable interest rates for all existing tranches (which excludes the impact of our interest rate swaps and caps) were 5.92% and 2.33%, respectively, with the increase due to higher LIBOR particularly in the second half of fiscal 2022. Refer to Note 21, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” for information about how our interest rate swaps and cap agreements are used to hedge and offset, respectively, the variable interest rates on the credit facility.
Fiscal 2022 Amendment to the Credit Agreement
On December 29, 2021, the Company entered into Amendment No. 9 and Incremental Revolving Credit Assumption Agreement (herein, “Amendment No. 9”) to the Credit Agreement, which increases the capacity under the revolving credit facility from $760 million to $810 million. The terms and conditions that apply to Amendment No. 9 are the same as the terms and conditions that apply to the existing dollar revolving commitments and term loans under the Credit Agreement.
33
Table of Contents
Indentures
The following table represents the senior subordinated and secured notes outstanding as of September 30, 2022:
| Description | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 Secured Notes | $1,100 million | December 15, 2025 | 8.00% | |||
| 2026 Secured Notes | $4,400 million | March 15, 2026 | 6.25% | |||
| 6.875% 2026 Notes | $500 million | May 15, 2026 | 6.875% | |||
| 6.375% 2026 Notes | $950 million | June 15, 2026 | 6.375% | |||
| 7.50% 2027 Notes | $550 million | March 15, 2027 | 7.50% | |||
| 5.50% 2027 Notes | $2,650 million | November 15, 2027 | 5.50% | |||
| 4.625% 2029 Notes | $1,200 million | July 15, 2029 | 4.625% | |||
| 4.875% 2029 Notes | $750 million | October 15, 2029 | 4.875% |
The 6.375% 2026 Notes, the 7.50% 2027 Notes, the 5.50% 2027 Notes, the 4.625% 2029 Notes and the 4.875% 2029 Notes (collectively, the “TransDigm Inc. Notes”) were issued at a price of 100% of the principal amount. The 6.875% 2026 Notes (the “TransDigm UK Notes” and together with the TransDigm Inc. Notes, the “Notes,” are further described below) offered in May 2018 were issued at a price of 99.24% of the principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $496 million. The 2025 Secured Notes were issued at a price 100% of the principal amount. The initial $3,800 million offering of the 2026 Secured Notes (which, along with the 2025 Secured Notes, are collectively referred to as the “Secured Notes”) was issued at a price of 100% of its principal amount and the subsequent $200 million and $400 million offerings of the 2026 Secured Notes in the second quarter of fiscal 2019 and the third quarter of fiscal 2020, respectively, were issued at a price of 101% of their principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $4,411 million.
The Notes do not require principal payments prior to their maturity. Interest under the Notes is payable semi-annually. The Notes represent our unsecured obligations ranking subordinate to our senior debt, as defined in the applicable indentures. The Notes contain many of the restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement. TransDigm is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Notes.
Guarantor Information
The Notes are subordinated to all of our existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our future debt that is expressly subordinated to the Notes. The TransDigm Inc. Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by TD Group and TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the applicable Indentures). The TransDigm UK Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by TransDigm Inc., TD Group and TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. The guarantees of the Notes are subordinated to all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of their future debt that is expressly subordinated to the guarantees of the Notes. The Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TD Group’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
The Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of TransDigm and rank equally in right of payment with all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior secured debt, including indebtedness under TransDigm’s existing senior secured credit facilities, and are senior in right of payment to all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the Notes, TransDigm’s other outstanding senior subordinated notes and TransDigm’s guarantees in respect of TransDigm UK’s outstanding senior subordinated notes. The Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and TransDigm Inc.’s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries named in the Secured Notes Indenture. The guarantees of the Secured Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior secured debt and are senior in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt. The Secured Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TransDigm’s non-guarantor subsidiaries. The Secured Notes contain many of the restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement. TransDigm is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Secured Notes.
Separate financial statements of TransDigm Inc. are not presented because the Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and all of TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. TD Group has no significant operations or assets separate from its investment in TransDigm Inc.
Separate financial statements of TransDigm UK are not presented because TransDigm UK's 6.875% 2026 Notes, issued in May 2018, are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and all of TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. TD Group has no significant operations or assets separate from its investment in TransDigm Inc.
34
Table of Contents
The financial information presented is that of TD Group and the Guarantors, which includes TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm UK, on a combined basis and the financial information of non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries has been excluded. Intercompany balances and transactions between TD Group and Guarantors have been eliminated, and amounts due from, amounts due to, and transactions with non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries have been presented separately.
| (in millions) | September 30, 2022 | |
|---|---|---|
| Current assets | $ | 3,954 |
| Goodwill | 6,849 | |
| Other non-current assets | 2,843 | |
| Current liabilities | 735 | |
| Non-current liabilities | 20,077 | |
| Amounts (from) due to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors - net | (1,334) |
| Fiscal Year Ended | ||
|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | September 30, 2022 | |
| Net sales | $ | 4,208 |
| Sales to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors | 50 | |
| Cost of sales | 1,724 | |
| Expense from subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors - net | 69 | |
| Income from continuing operations | 552 | |
| Net income attributable to TD Group | 552 |
Certain Restrictive Covenants in Our Debt Documents
The Credit Agreement and the Indentures governing the Notes and Secured Notes contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of special dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, liens and encumbrances, and prepayments of certain other indebtedness.
The restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement are subject to amendments executed periodically. The most recent amendment that impacted the restrictive covenants contained in the Credit Agreement is Amendment No. 7.
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, TransDigm is entitled, on one or more occasions, to request additional term loans or additional revolving commitments to the extent that the existing or new lenders agree to provide such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments provided that, among other conditions, our consolidated net leverage ratio would be no greater than 7.25x and the consolidated secured net debt ratio would be no greater than 5.00x, in each case, after giving effect to such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments.
If any such default occurs, the lenders under the Credit Agreement and the holders of the Notes and Secured Notes may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under the Credit Agreement also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. In addition, following an event of default under the Credit Agreement, the lenders thereunder and the holders of the Secured Notes will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the debt, which includes our available cash, and they will also have the right to prevent us from making debt service payments on the Notes.
With the exception of the revolving credit facility, the Company has no maintenance covenants in its existing term loan and indenture agreements. Under the Credit Agreement, if the usage of the revolving credit facility exceeds 35%, or $284 million, of the total revolving commitments, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio of net debt to trailing four-quarter EBITDA As Defined of 7.25x as of the last day of the fiscal quarter.
As of September 30, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants and expects to remain in compliance with its debt covenants in subsequent periods.
Trade Receivable Securitization Facility
During fiscal 2014, the Company established a trade receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”). The Securitization Facility effectively increases the Company’s borrowing capacity depending on the amount of the domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable. The Securitization Facility includes the right for the Company to exercise annual one year extensions as long as there have been no termination events as defined by the agreement. The Company uses the proceeds from the Securitization Facility as an alternative to other forms of debt, effectively reducing borrowing costs.
35
Table of Contents
On July 25, 2022, the Company amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, extend the maturity date to July 25, 2023 and bear interest at a rate of SOFR plus 1.30%, compared to an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.20% that applied prior to the amendment. The Securitization Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable. As of September 30, 2022, the Company has borrowed $350 million under the Securitization Facility, which is fully drawn. At September 30, 2022, the applicable interest rate was 3.84%.
Dividend and Dividend Equivalent Payments
On August 26, 2022, the Company paid a special cash dividend of $18.50 on each outstanding share of common stock. No dividends were declared or paid during fiscal 2021. In fiscal 2022, the Company paid approximately $86 million in dividend equivalent payments. Total cash payments related to the special dividend and dividend equivalent payments in fiscal 2022 and 2021 were approximately $1,091 million and $73 million, respectively. Refer to Note 18, “Stock-Based Compensation,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements herein for further information on the Company’s dividend equivalent payments.
Any future declaration of special cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions under the Credit Agreement and Indentures, the availability of surplus under Delaware law and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. TD Group is a holding company and conducts all of its operations through direct and indirect subsidiaries. Unless TD Group receives dividends, distributions, advances, transfers of funds or other payments from our subsidiaries, TD Group will be unable to pay any dividends on our common stock in the future. The ability of any subsidiaries to take any of the foregoing actions is limited by the terms of our Term Loans Facility and Indentures and may be limited by future debt or other agreements that we may enter into.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash requirements from all significant contractual obligations as of September 30, 2022 (in millions):
| Total | Payment Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual | Less than | Between | Between | Over | |||||||||||||||
| Obligations | 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 3-5 Years | 5 Years | |||||||||||||||
| Senior subordinated and secured notes (1) | $ | 12,100 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 7,500 | $ | 4,600 | |||||||||
| Term Loans Facility (2) | 7,298 | 75 | 3,910 | 3,313 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Scheduled interest payments (3) | 4,273 | 1,177 | 2,126 | 780 | 190 | ||||||||||||||
| Pension funding minimums (4) | 127 | 12 | 24 | 25 | 66 | ||||||||||||||
| Securitization Facility | 350 | 350 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Finance leases | 294 | 12 | 26 | 26 | 230 | ||||||||||||||
| Operating leases | 113 | 21 | 34 | 23 | 35 | ||||||||||||||
| Total contractual cash obligations | $ | 24,555 | $ | 1,647 | $ | 6,120 | $ | 11,667 | $ | 5,121 |
(1)Represents principal maturities which excludes interest, debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premiums.
(2)The Tranche G term loans mature in August 2024, the Tranche E term loans mature in May 2025 and the Tranche F term loans mature in December 2025. The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of $19 million.
(3)Assumes that the variable interest rate on our Tranche E, Tranche F and Tranche G term loans under our Term Loans Facility range from approximately 5.82% to 7.21% based on anticipated movements in the LIBOR, which given the ongoing volatility in rates, are highly uncertain. In addition, interest payments include the impact of the existing interest rate swap and cap agreements described in Note 21, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
(4)Represents future benefit payments expected to be paid from the pension and post-retirement benefit plans or from the Company’s assets.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company utilizes letters of credit to back certain payment and performance obligations. Letters of credit are subject to limits based on amounts outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2022, the Company had $31 million in letters of credit outstanding.
36
Table of Contents
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which often requires the judgment of management in the selection and application of certain accounting principles and methods. Management believes that the quality and reasonableness of our most critical policies enable the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations. However, investors are cautioned that the sensitivity of financial statements to these methods, assumptions and estimates could create materially different results under different conditions or using different assumptions.
Below are those policies applied in preparing our financial statements that management believes are the most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. For additional significant accounting policies, see Note 3, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
Revenue Recognition – Revenue is recognized from the sale of products when control transfers to the customer, which is demonstrated by our right to payment, a transfer of title, a transfer of the risk and rewards of ownership, or the customer acceptance, but most frequently upon shipment where the customer obtains physical possession of the goods. The majority of the Company's revenue is recorded at a point in time. Sales recognized over time are generally accounted for using an input measure to determine progress completed at the end of the period. Sales for service contracts generally are recognized as the services are provided. For agreements with multiple performance obligations, judgment is required to determine whether performance obligations specified in these agreements are distinct and should be accounted for as separate revenue transactions for recognition purposes based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. The primary method used to estimate a standalone selling price is the price observed in standalone sales to customers for the same product or service. We consider the contractual consideration payable by the customer and assesses variable consideration that may affect the total transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the estimated transaction price when there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount, including whether the estimate should be constrained in order to avoid a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. These estimates are based on historical experience, anticipated performance under the terms of the contract and our best judgment at the time.
Inventories – Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost of inventories is generally determined by the average cost and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) methods and includes material, labor and overhead related to the manufacturing process. Because the Company sells products that are installed on airframes that can be in-service for 25 or more years, it must keep a supply of such products on hand while the airframes are in use. Where management estimated that the net realizable value was below cost or determined that future demand was lower than current inventory levels, based on historical experience, current and projected market demand, current and projected volume trends and other relevant current and projected factors associated with the current economic conditions, a reduction in inventory cost to estimated net realizable value was made by recording a provision included in cost of sales. Additionally, management believes that the Company’s estimates of excess and obsolete inventory are reasonable and material changes in future estimates or assumptions used to calculate our estimate is unlikely. However, actual results may differ materially from the estimates and additional provisions may be required in the future. A 10% change in our excess and obsolete inventory reserve at September 30, 2022 would not have a material impact on our results. In accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as current assets as all inventories are available and necessary to support current sales, even though a portion of the inventories may not be sold within one year.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” the Company uses the acquisition method of accounting to allocate costs of acquired businesses to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess costs of acquired businesses over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized as goodwill. The valuations of the acquired assets and liabilities will impact the determination of future operating results. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, discount rates, customer attrition rates, royalty rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. We determine the fair values of intangible assets acquired generally in consultation with third-party valuation advisors. Fair value adjustments to the Company’s assets and liabilities are recognized and the results of operations of the acquired business are included in our consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the merger or acquisition.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed or exchanged, regardless of the Company’s intent to do so. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of acquisition and are reviewed at least annually for impairment based on cash flow projections and fair value estimates.
U.S. GAAP requires that the annual, and any interim, goodwill impairment assessment be performed at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units have been identified at the operating unit level, which is one level below our operating segments. Substantially all goodwill was determined and recognized for each reporting unit pursuant to the accounting for the merger or acquisition as of the date of each transaction. With respect to acquisitions integrated into an existing reporting unit, any acquired goodwill is combined with the goodwill of the reporting unit.
37
Table of Contents
At the time of goodwill impairment testing, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, and whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. The quantitative test is required only if the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, or if the Company elects not to perform a qualitative assessment of a reporting unit. For the quantitative test, management determines the estimated fair value through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved for each reporting unit. If the calculated estimated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of goodwill of the reporting unit may exist. The use of a discounted cash flow valuation model to determine estimated fair value is common practice in impairment testing. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model for impairment testing includes discount rates, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates are set by using the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) methodology. The WACC methodology considers market and industry data as well as company specific risk factors for each reporting unit in determining the appropriate discount rates to be used. The Company utilizes a third party valuation firm to assist in the determination of the WACC. The discount rate utilized for each reporting unit is indicative of the return an investor would expect to receive for investing in such a business.
Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates, sales projections and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows a common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
Management tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the asset level, as determined by appropriate asset valuation at the time of acquisition. The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison between the estimated fair values and carrying values. If the carrying amounts of intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives exceed their estimated fair values, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the difference. Management utilizes the royalty savings valuation method to determine the estimated fair value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset. In this method, management estimates the royalty savings arising from the ownership of the intangible asset. The key assumptions used in estimating the royalty savings for impairment testing include discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates, sales projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates used are similar to the rates developed by the WACC methodology considering any differences in company-specific risk factors between reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets. Royalty rates are established by management with the advice of valuation experts. Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and sales projections for each significant intangible asset. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual sales estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
The discounted cash flow and royalty savings valuation methodologies require management to make certain assumptions based upon information available at the time the valuations are performed. Actual results could differ from these assumptions. Management believes the assumptions used are reflective of what a market participant would have used in calculating fair value considering the current economic conditions.
The Company had 47 reporting units with goodwill and 44 reporting units with indefinite-lived intangible assets as of the first day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, the date of the annual impairment test. Based on its initial qualitative assessment over each of the reporting units, the Company identified 13 reporting units to test for impairment using a quantitative test for both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. The 13 reporting units selected for quantitative testing have higher commercial aerospace content and, as a result, have been more adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The estimated fair values of each of these reporting units and other indefinite-lived intangible assets were in excess of their respective carrying values. The Company performed a sensitivity analysis on certain company-specific projected data, specifically earnings before taxes and net sales, which are significant assumptions in the discounted cash flow valuation model to determine estimated fair value. With a ten percentage point decrease in earnings before taxes and net sales data, all of the reporting units would continue to have fair values in excess of their respective carrying values of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Stock-Based Compensation – The cost of the Company’s stock-based compensation is recorded in accordance with ASC 718, “Stock Compensation.” The Company uses a Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires assumptions regarding the expected volatility of the Company’s common shares, the risk-free interest rate, the expected life of the stock options award and the Company’s dividend yield. The Company primarily utilizes historical data in determining the assumptions. An increase or decrease in the assumptions or economic events outside of management’s control could, and do, have an impact on the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company estimates stock option forfeitures based on historical data. The total number of stock options expected to vest is adjusted by actual and estimated forfeitures. Changes to the actual and estimated forfeitures will result in a cumulative adjustment in the period of change. The Company also evaluates any subsequent changes to the respective option holders terms under the modification rules of ASC 718. If determined to be a modification, the Black-Scholes pricing model is updated as of the date of the modification resulting in a cumulative catch-up to expense.
38
Table of Contents
Income Taxes – The Company estimates income taxes in each jurisdiction in which it operates. This involves estimating taxable earnings, specific taxable and deductible items, the likelihood of generating sufficient future taxable income to utilize deferred tax assets and possible exposures related to future tax audits. To the extent these estimates change, adjustments to deferred and accrued income taxes are made in the period in which the changes occur. Historically, such adjustments have not been significant.
New Accounting Standards
For information about new accounting standards, see Note 4, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
39
Table of Contents
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We present below certain financial information based on our EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined. References to “EBITDA” mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and references to “EBITDA As Defined” mean EBITDA plus, as applicable for each relevant period, certain adjustments as set forth in the reconciliations of income from continuing operations to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined and the reconciliations of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined presented below.
Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP. We present EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined because we believe they are useful indicators for evaluating operating performance and liquidity.
Our management believes that EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined are useful as indicators of liquidity because securities analysts, investors, rating agencies and others use EBITDA to evaluate a company’s ability to incur and service debt. In addition, EBITDA As Defined is useful to investors because the revolving credit facility under our senior secured credit facility requires compliance under certain circumstances, on a pro forma basis, with a financial covenant that measures the ratio of the amount of our secured indebtedness to the amount of our Consolidated EBITDA defined in the same manner as we define EBITDA As Defined herein.
In addition to the above, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to review and assess the performance of the management team in connection with employee incentive programs and to prepare its annual budget and financial projections. Moreover, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to evaluate acquisitions.
Although we use EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined as measures to assess the performance of our business and for the other purposes set forth above, the use of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider any of them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service interest payments on our indebtedness;
•although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects any cash requirements for such replacements;
•the omission of the substantial amortization expense associated with our intangible assets further limits the usefulness of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined;
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined includes the payment of taxes, which is a necessary element of our operations; and
•EBITDA As Defined excludes the cash expense we have incurred to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, which is a necessary element of certain of our acquisitions.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Management compensates for these limitations by not viewing EBITDA or EBITDA As Defined in isolation and specifically by using other U.S. GAAP measures, such as net income, net sales and operating profit, to measure our operating performance. Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and neither should be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
40
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of income from continuing operations to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Income from continuing operations | $ | 866 | $ | 681 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 253 | 253 | ||||
| Interest expense, net | 1,076 | 1,059 | ||||
| Income tax provision | 261 | 34 | ||||
| EBITDA | 2,456 | 2,027 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Inventory acquisition accounting adjustments (1) | 3 | 6 | ||||
| Acquisition integration costs (2) | 11 | 14 | ||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses (3) | 4 | 15 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (4) | 184 | 130 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (5) | 1 | 37 | ||||
| COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs (6) | — | 40 | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net (7) | (7) | (69) | ||||
| Other, net (8) | (6) | (11) | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 2,646 | $ | 2,189 |
| (1) | Represents accounting adjustments to inventory associated with acquisitions of businesses and product lines that were charged to cost of sales when inventory was sold. | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| (2) | Represents costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses and product lines into TD Group’s operations, facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs. | ||
| (3) | Represents transaction-related costs for both acquisitions and divestitures comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses, and valuation costs that are required to be expensed as incurred. | ||
| (4) | Represents the compensation expense recognized by TD Group under our stock incentive plans and deferred compensation plans. | ||
| (5) | Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements. | ||
| (6) | Represents restructuring costs related to the Company's cost reduction measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic of $36 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. These are costs related to the Company's actions to reduce its workforce and consolidate certain facilities to align with customer demand. This also includes $4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 of incremental costs related to the pandemic that are not expected to recur once the pandemic has subsided and are clearly separable from normal operations (e.g., additional cleaning and disinfecting of facilities by contractors above and beyond normal requirements, personal protective equipment, etc.). Restructuring costs incurred in response to the COVID-19 pandemic for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 were not material. | ||
| (7) | Represents the net gain on sale of businesses. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information. | ||
| (8) | Primarily represents foreign currency transaction gain or loss, payroll withholding taxes related to special dividend and dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, non-service related pension costs, including the pension settlement charge for the Esterline Retirement Plan (further detailed in Note 15, “Retirement Plans”) and gain or loss on sale of fixed assets. |
41
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 948 | $ | 913 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and sales of businesses | 288 | 98 | ||||
| Interest expense, net (1) | 1,076 | 1,059 | ||||
| Income tax provision - current | 283 | — | ||||
| Loss contract amortization | 39 | 55 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | (184) | (130) | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | (1) | (37) | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net (4) | 7 | 69 | ||||
| EBITDA | 2,456 | 2,027 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Inventory acquisition accounting adjustments (5) | 3 | 6 | ||||
| Acquisition integration costs (6) | 11 | 14 | ||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses (7) | 4 | 15 | ||||
| Non-cash stock and deferred compensation expense (2) | 184 | 130 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | 1 | 37 | ||||
| COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs (8) | — | 40 | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net (4) | (7) | (69) | ||||
| Other, net (9) | (6) | (11) | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 2,646 | $ | 2,189 |
| (1) | Represents interest expense excluding the amortization of debt issuance costs and premium and discount on debt. | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the compensation expense recognized by TD Group under our stock incentive plans and deferred compensation plans. | ||
| (3) | Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements. | ||
| (4) | Represents the net gain on sale of businesses. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information. | ||
| (5) | Represents accounting adjustments to inventory associated with acquisitions of businesses and product lines that were charged to cost of sales when inventory was sold. | ||
| (6) | Represents costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses and product lines into TD Group’s operations, facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs. | ||
| (7) | Represents transaction-related costs for both acquisitions and divestitures comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses, and valuation costs that are required to be expensed as incurred. | ||
| (8) | Represents restructuring costs related to the Company's cost reduction measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic of $36 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. These are costs related to the Company's actions to reduce its workforce and consolidate certain facilities to align with customer demand. This also includes $4 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 of incremental costs related to the pandemic that are not expected to recur once the pandemic has subsided and are clearly separable from normal operations (e.g., additional cleaning and disinfecting of facilities by contractors above and beyond normal requirements, personal protective equipment, etc.). Restructuring costs incurred in response to the COVID-19 pandemic for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 were not material. | ||
| (9) | Primarily represents foreign currency transaction gain or loss, payroll withholding taxes related to special dividend and dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, non-service related pension costs, including the pension settlement charge for the Esterline Retirement Plan (further detailed in Note 15, “Retirement Plans”) and gain or loss on sale of fixed assets. |
42
Table of Contents
FY 2021 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001260221-21-000134.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with TD Group’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the heading entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this report. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.
Overview
For fiscal year 2021, we generated net sales of $4,798 million, gross profit of $2,513 million or 52.4% of net sales, and net income attributable to TD Group of $680 million. The COVID-19 pandemic has continued to cause a significant adverse impact on our net sales, net income and EBITDA As Defined when compared to pre-pandemic levels. Historically and as our business continues to recover from the pandemic, we believe we have achieved steady, long-term growth in sales and improvements in operating performance since our formation in 1993 due to our competitive strengths and through execution of our value-driven operating strategy. More specifically, focusing our businesses on our value-driven operating strategy of obtaining profitable new business, carefully controlling the cost structure and pricing our highly engineered value-added products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so has historically resulted in improvements in gross profit and income from operations over the long-term.
Our selective acquisition strategy has also contributed to the growth of our business. The integration of certain acquisitions into our existing businesses combined with implementing our proven operating strategy has historically resulted in improvements in the financial performance of the acquired business.
We believe our key competitive strengths include:
Large and Growing Installed Product Base with Aftermarket Revenue Stream. We provide components to a large and growing installed base of aircraft to which we supply aftermarket products. We estimate that our products are installed on over 100,000 commercial transport, regional transport, military and general aviation fixed wing turbine aircraft and rotary wing aircraft.
Diversified Revenue Base. We believe that our diversified revenue base reduces our dependence on any particular product, platform or market channel and has been a significant factor in maintaining our financial performance. Our products are installed on almost all of the major commercial aircraft platforms now in production. We expect to continue to develop new products for military and commercial applications. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, many of our businesses have taken the opportunity to explore new business opportunities by working on developing highly engineered solutions for emerging needs arising from the pandemic. Product solutions currently being explored include anti-viral or antimicrobial technology, air purification, and touchless technologies, among others.
Barriers to Entry. We believe that the niche nature of our markets, the industry’s stringent regulatory and certification requirements, the large number of products that we sell and the investments necessary to develop and certify products create potential disincentives to competition for certain products.
Our business strategy is made up of two key elements: (1) a value-driven operating strategy focused around our three core value drivers and (2) a selective acquisition strategy.
Value-Driven Operating Strategy. Our three core value drivers are:
•Obtaining Profitable New Business. We attempt to obtain profitable new business by using our technical expertise and application skill and our detailed knowledge of our customer base and the individual niche markets in which we operate. We have regularly been successful in identifying and developing both aftermarket and OEM products to drive our growth.
•Improving Our Cost Structure. We are committed to maintaining and continuously improving our lean cost structure through detailed attention to the cost of each of the products that we offer and our organizational structure, with a focus on reducing the cost of each.
•Providing Highly Engineered Value-Added Products to Customers. We focus on the engineering, manufacturing and marketing of a broad range of highly engineered niche products that we believe provide value to our customers. We believe we have been consistently successful in communicating to our customers the value of our products. This has generally enabled us to price our products to fairly reflect the value we provide and the resources required to do so.
23
Table of Contents
Selective Acquisition Strategy. We selectively pursue the acquisition of proprietary aerospace component businesses when we see an opportunity to create value through the application of our three core value-driven operating strategies. The aerospace industry, in particular, remains highly fragmented, with many of the companies in the industry being small private businesses or small non-core operations of larger businesses. We have significant experience among our management team in executing acquisitions and integrating acquired businesses into our company and culture. As of the date of this report, we have successfully acquired approximately 86 businesses and product lines since our formation in 1993. Many of these acquisitions have been integrated into an existing TransDigm production facility, which enables a higher production capacity utilization, which in turn improves gross profit levels due to the ability to spread the fixed manufacturing overhead costs over higher production volume. In the case of larger acquisitions that consists of multiple business units (such as the Esterline acquisition), we may pursue opportunities to divest certain acquired business units that are not in line with our long-term acquisition strategy.
Acquisitions and divestitures during the most recent three fiscal years are described in Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic is continuing to cause an adverse impact on our employees, operations, supply chain and distribution system and the long-term impact to our business remains unknown. This is due to the numerous uncertainties that have risen from the pandemic, including the severity of the disease, the duration of the outbreak, the likelihood of resurgences of the outbreak, including due to the emergence and spread of variants, actions that may be taken by governmental authorities in response to the disease, the continued efficacy and public acceptance of vaccines, and unintended consequences of the foregoing.
The commercial aerospace industry, in particular, has been significantly disrupted, both domestically and internationally, by the pandemic. The pandemic has resulted in governments around the world implementing stringent measures to help control the spread of the virus, including quarantines, “shelter in place” and “stay at home” orders, travel restrictions, business curtailments and other measures. As a result, demand for travel declined at a rapid pace beginning in the second half of fiscal 2020 and has remained depressed compared to pre-pandemic levels. However, commercial air travel has increasingly shown signs of recovery in recent months with increasing air traffic, primarily in certain domestic markets. The recovery in international commercial air travel has been slower with international travel only slightly recovered from COVID-19 pandemic lows. The exact pace and timing of the commercial air travel recovery remains uncertain and is expected to continue to be uneven depending on factors such as trends in the number of COVID-19 infections (e.g., impact of new variants of COVID-19 resurfacing), the continued efficacy and public acceptance of vaccines and easing of quarantines and travel restrictions, among other factors. We currently expect COVID-19 to continue to cause an adverse impact on our net sales, net income and EBITDA as Defined compared to pre-pandemic levels into fiscal 2022. Longer-term, because the duration of the pandemic is unclear, it is difficult to forecast a precise impact on the Company’s future results.
The Company took immediate and aggressive action to minimize the spread of COVID-19 in our workplaces and reduce costs. Since the early days of the pandemic, we have been following guidance from the World Health Organization and the U.S. Center for Disease Control to protect employees and prevent the spread of the virus within all of our facilities globally.
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, COVID-19 restructuring costs incurred were approximately $36 million, of which $26 million was recorded in cost of sales and $10 million was recorded in selling and administrative expenses. These were costs related to the Company's actions to reduce its workforce to align with customer demand. Additionally, the Company incurred approximately $4 million in incremental costs related to the pandemic that are not expected to recur once the pandemic has subsided and are clearly separable from normal operations (e.g., additional cleaning and disinfecting of facilities by contractors above and beyond normal requirements, personal protective equipment).
As of September 30, 2021, the restructuring accrual associated with the costs incurred in response to the COVID-19 pandemic was approximately $19 million. In fiscal 2022, the Company may incur additional restructuring and incremental costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic though at a reduced level in comparison to fiscal 2021 and 2020.
24
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain operating data of the Company, including presentation of the amounts as a percentage of net sales (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2021 % of Net Sales | 2020 | 2020 % of Net Sales | ||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 4,798 | 100.0 | % | $ | 5,103 | 100.0 | % | |||||
| Cost of sales | 2,285 | 47.6 | % | 2,456 | 48.1 | % | |||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses | 685 | 14.3 | % | 727 | 14.2 | % | |||||||
| Amortization of intangible assets | 137 | 2.9 | % | 169 | 3.3 | % | |||||||
| Income from operations | 1,691 | 35.2 | % | 1,751 | 34.3 | % | |||||||
| Interest expense, net | 1,059 | 22.1 | % | 1,029 | 20.2 | % | |||||||
| Refinancing costs | 37 | 0.8 | % | 28 | 0.5 | % | |||||||
| Other income | (51) | (1.1) | % | (46) | (0.9) | % | |||||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net | (69) | (1.4) | % | — | — | % | |||||||
| Income tax provision | 34 | 0.7 | % | 87 | 1.7 | % | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations | 681 | 14.2 | % | 653 | 12.8 | % | |||||||
| Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests | (1) | — | % | (1) | — | % | |||||||
| Income from continuing operations attributable to TD Group | 680 | 14.2 | % | 652 | 12.8 | % | |||||||
| Income from discontinued operations, net of tax | — | — | % | 47 | 0.9 | % | |||||||
| Net income attributable to TD Group | $ | 680 | 14.2 | % | $ | 699 | 13.7 | % | |||||
| Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders | $ | 607 | (1) | 12.7 | % | $ | 514 | (1) | 10.1 | % | |||
| Earnings per share: | |||||||||||||
| Earnings per share from continuing operations—basic and diluted | $ | 10.41 | (2) | $ | 8.14 | (2) | |||||||
| Earnings per share from discontinued operations—basic and diluted | — | (2) | 0.82 | (2) | |||||||||
| Earnings per share | $ | 10.41 | $ | 8.96 | |||||||||
| Cash dividends paid per common share | $ | — | $ | 32.50 | |||||||||
| Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted | 58.4 | 57.3 | |||||||||||
| Other Data: | |||||||||||||
| EBITDA | $ | 2,027 | (3) | $ | 2,052 | (3) | |||||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 2,189 | (3) | 45.6 | % | $ | 2,278 | (3) | 44.6 | % |
(1)Net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders represents net income attributable to TD Group less special dividends declared or paid on participating securities, including dividend equivalent payments of $73 million and $185 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.
(2)Earnings per share from continuing operations is calculated by dividing net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders, excluding income from discontinued operations, net of tax, by the basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding. Earnings per share from discontinued operations is calculated by dividing income from discontinued operations, net of tax, by the basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding.
(3)Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this discussion and analysis for additional information and limitations regarding these non-GAAP financial measures, including a reconciliation to the comparable GAAP financial measure.
25
Table of Contents
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2020
Total Company
•Net Sales. Net organic sales and acquisition and divestiture sales and the related dollar and percentage changes for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | Change | % Change Net Sales | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2021 | September 30, 2020 | |||||||||||||
| Organic sales | $ | 4,520 | $ | 4,900 | $ | (380) | (7.4) | % | ||||||
| Acquisition and divestiture sales | 278 | 203 | 75 | 1.4 | % | |||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 4,798 | $ | 5,103 | $ | (305) | (6.0) | % |
Organic sales represent sales from existing businesses owned by the Company, excluding sales from acquisitions and divestitures. Acquisition sales represent sales from acquired businesses for the period up to one year subsequent to their respective acquisition date. Divestiture sales represent sales from businesses divested in fiscal 2021. Acquisition and divestiture sales are excluded from organic sales due to the variability in the nature, timing and extent of acquisitions and divestitures and resulting variable impact on underlying trends.
The decrease in organic sales of $380 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, is primarily related to decreases in commercial OEM sales ($315 million, a decrease of 25.6%) and commercial aftermarket sales ($233 million, a decrease of 18.1%); partially offset by increases in defense sales ($115 million, an increase of 5.4%) and non-aerospace sales ($53 million, an increase of 19.8%). The decreases in the commercial OEM market and commercial aftermarket are primarily attributable to the adverse impact that the COVID-19 pandemic has had on the customer demand for air travel worldwide particularly in the first half of fiscal 2021 and build rate reductions by aircraft OEMs. Both commercial OEM and aftermarket sales increased in the second half of fiscal 2021 compared to the previous year’s comparable period. The increase in defense sales and non-aerospace sales in fiscal 2021 is primarily driven by the OEM market.
The increase in acquisition and divestiture sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 is primarily attributable to the acquisition of Cobham Aero Connectivity (“CAC”) in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 and the divestitures of ScioTeq and TREALITY Simulation Visual Systems ("ScioTeq and TREALITY") and Technical Airborne Components (“TAC”), all of which were completed in the third quarter of fiscal 2021. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further information on the businesses acquired and divested by the Company in fiscal years 2020 and 2021.
26
Table of Contents
•Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Cost of sales decreased by $171 million, or 7.0%, to $2,285 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $2,456 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. Cost of sales and the related percentage of net sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2021 | September 30, 2020 | |||||||||||||
| Cost of sales - excluding costs below | $ | 2,280 | $ | 2,414 | $ | (134) | (5.6) | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 47.5 | % | 47.3 | % | ||||||||||
| COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs | 26 | 37 | (11) | (29.7) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.5 | % | 0.7 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock compensation expense | 13 | 9 | 4 | 44.4 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.3 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Foreign currency losses | 11 | 22 | (11) | (50.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.2 | % | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||
| Inventory acquisition accounting adjustments | 6 | — | 6 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | — | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition integration costs | 4 | 10 | (6) | (60.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.1 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Loss contract amortization | (55) | (36) | (19) | 52.8 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | (1.1) | % | (0.7) | % | ||||||||||
| Total cost of sales | $ | 2,285 | $ | 2,456 | $ | (171) | (7.0) | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 47.6 | % | 48.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 2,513 | $ | 2,647 | $ | (134) | (5.1) | % | ||||||
| Gross profit percentage | 52.4 | % | 51.9 | % |
The decrease in the dollar amount of cost of sales during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to lower sales volume from decreased customer demand due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the other factors summarized above, including those factors that partially offset the decrease in cost of sales.
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased by 0.5 percentage points to 52.4% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 from 51.9% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. In addition to the factors summarized above, the increase in the gross profit percentage is primarily driven by the realization of the cost mitigation measures that began to be enacted in the second half of fiscal 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The material cost mitigation measures enacted are described in Note 1, "Description of the Business and Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic," in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein. Partially offsetting were higher material costs due to inflationary effects and shortages in the global supply chain for certain raw materials and component parts. Also partially offsetting were fixed overhead costs spread over a lower production volume during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021.
27
Table of Contents
•Selling and Administrative Expenses. Selling and administrative expenses decreased by $42 million to $685 million, or 14.3% of sales, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 from $727 million, or 14.2% of sales, for the comparable period in the prior year. Selling and administrative expenses and the related percentage of total sales for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended | Change | % Change | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| September 30, 2021 | September 30, 2020 | |||||||||||||
| Selling and administrative expenses - excluding costs below | $ | 534 | $ | 592 | $ | (58) | (9.8) | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 11.1 | % | 11.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Non-cash stock compensation expense | 116 | 84 | 32 | 38.1 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 2.4 | % | 1.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses | 15 | 1 | 14 | 1,400.0 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.3 | % | — | % | ||||||||||
| Acquisition integration costs | 10 | 20 | (10) | (50.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.2 | % | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||
| COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs | 10 | 9 | 1 | 11.1 | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | 0.2 | % | 0.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Bad debt expense | — | 21 | (21) | (100.0) | % | |||||||||
| % of net sales | — | % | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||
| Total selling and administrative expenses | $ | 685 | $ | 727 | $ | (42) | (5.8) | % | ||||||
| % of net sales | 14.3 | % | 14.2 | % |
The decrease in total selling and administrative expenses during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 is primarily due to the realization of the cost mitigation measures that began to be enacted in the second half of fiscal 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by the other factors summarized above. The material cost mitigation measures enacted are described in Note 1, "Description of the Business and Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic," in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein. The increase in non-cash stock compensation expense is attributable to the new stock option grants awarded in fiscal 2021 and the impact of the Black-Scholes fair value on certain fiscal 2021 stock option grant modifications and on the fiscal 2020 grants in connection with the change in vesting terms approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors in the first quarter of fiscal 2021. The decrease in bad debt expense for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 is primarily driven by a decrease in estimated losses from certain commercial aerospace customers that were more adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.
•Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $137 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $169 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. The decrease in amortization expense of $32 million was primarily due to the amortization expense on sales order backlog recorded in fiscal 2020 in connection with the acquisition of Esterline that did not occur in fiscal 2021 as sales order backlog was fully amortized by the end of fiscal 2020. This was partially offset by amortization expense on intangible assets related to the CAC acquisition in the second quarter of fiscal 2021.
•Interest Expense-net. Interest expense-net includes interest on borrowings outstanding, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premium, revolving credit facility fees and interest on finance leases; slightly offset by interest income. Interest expense-net increased $30 million, or 2.9%, to $1,059 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 from $1,029 million for the comparable period in the prior year. The increase in interest expense-net was primarily due to an increase in the weighted average level of outstanding borrowings, which was approximately $20.0 billion for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared to approximately $19.1 billion for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. The weighted average interest rate for cash interest payments on total borrowings outstanding for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 was 5.03%.
•Refinancing Costs. Refinancing costs of $37 million were recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $28 million recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. The refinancing costs are primarily related to fees incurred on the early redemptions of the 6.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024 (the "2024 Notes") and the 2025 Notes that occurred in the second and third quarters of fiscal 2021, respectively.
28
Table of Contents
•Other Income. Other income of $51 million was recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $46 million recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 was primarily driven by $24 million recorded for the settlement of the insurance claim for Leach International Europe’s Niort, France operating facility fire in August 2019. This primarily represents the insurance proceeds received in excess of the carrying value of the damaged fixed assets and inventory and proceeds from the business interruption settlement. The remaining $27 million is primarily driven by non-service related components of net periodic benefit costs on the Company's defined benefit pension plans ($14 million), receipt of payment of Canadian governmental subsidies ($7 million) and the release of a litigation reserve ($3 million). Other income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 was primarily driven by proceeds or proceeds receivable from business interruption insurance settlements ($34 million) and non-service related components of net periodic benefit costs on the Company's defined benefit pension plans ($12 million).
•Gain on Sale of Businesses-net. Gain on sale of businesses-net of $69 million was recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, and is primarily related to the net gain on sale recognized during the third quarter of fiscal 2021 as a result of the ScioTeq and TREALITY and TAC divestitures. There was no gain on sale of businesses-net recorded for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020.
•Income Taxes. Income tax expense as a percentage of income before income taxes was approximately 4.7% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared to 11.7% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. The Company’s lower effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 was primarily due to the Company's ability to utilize its net interest deduction limitation carryforward pursuant to IRC Section 163(j) resulting in the release of the valuation allowance applicable to such carryforward and the discrete impact of excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation.
•Income from Discontinued Operations, net of tax. There were no discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 was $47 million and consisted of $7 million from the results of operations of Souriau-Sunbank and a gain on the sale of Souriau-Sunbank, net of tax, of $40 million.
•Net Income Attributable to TD Group. Net income attributable to TD Group decreased $19 million, or 2.7%, to $680 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 compared to net income attributable to TD Group of $699 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020.
•Earnings per Share. Basic and diluted earnings per share was $10.41 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. There was no impact on earnings per share from discontinued operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations were $8.14 and $0.82, respectively, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 of $680 million was decreased by dividend equivalent payments of $73 million, or $1.24 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $607 million, or $10.41 per share. Net income attributable to TD Group for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 of $699 million was decreased by dividend equivalent payments of $185 million, or $3.22 per share, resulting in net income applicable to TD Group common stockholders of $514 million, or $8.96 per share. The increase of $1.45 per share is primarily a result of the factors referred to above.
Business Segments
•Segment Net Sales. Net sales by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | % of Net Sales | 2020 | % of Net Sales | |||||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 2,550 | 53.2 | % | $ | 2,695 | 52.8 | % | $ | (145) | (5.4) | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 2,083 | 43.4 | % | 2,253 | 44.2 | % | (170) | (7.5) | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 165 | 3.4 | % | 155 | 3.0 | % | 10 | 6.5 | % | |||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 4,798 | 100.0 | % | $ | 5,103 | 100.0 | % | $ | (305) | (6.0) | % |
Net sales for the Power & Control segment decreased $145 million, a decrease of 5.4%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. The sales decrease resulted primarily from decreases in organic sales in commercial OEM ($101 million, a decrease of 18.5%) and commercial aftermarket ($81 million, a decrease of 12.7%); partially offset by an increase in organic defense sales ($44 million, an increase of 3.2%). The decreases in commercial OEM and commercial aftermarket sales are attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic and its adverse impact on the commercial aerospace sector, particularly in the first half of fiscal 2021, and build rate reductions by aircraft OEMs. The increase in defense sales is primarily attributable to the rebound in demand from the temporary pandemic-induced decline for certain platforms in fiscal 2020. The change in acquisition and divestiture sales was immaterial for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021.
29
Table of Contents
Net sales for the Airframe segment decreased $170 million, a decrease of 7.5%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. The sales decrease resulted primarily from decreases in organic sales in commercial OEM ($214 million, a decrease of 31.8%) and commercial aftermarket ($151 million, a decrease of 23.4%); partially offset by an increase in organic defense sales ($72 million, an increase of 10.4%). The decreases in commercial OEM and commercial aftermarket sales are attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic and its adverse impact on the commercial aerospace sector, particularly in the first half of fiscal 2021. The increase in defense sales is primarily attributable to the rebound in demand from the temporary pandemic-induced decline for certain platforms in fiscal 2020. Acquisition and divestiture sales increased $85 million, primarily due to the acquisition of CAC in the second quarter of fiscal 2021.
Net sales for the Non-aviation segment increased by $10 million, an increase of 6.5%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. The sales increase resulted primarily from an increase in organic sales in non-aerospace ($21 million, an increase of 18.7%). Acquisition and divestiture sales decreased by $9 million.
•EBITDA As Defined. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section within Item 7 for further information on EBITDA as Defined. EBITDA As Defined by segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (amounts in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | Change | % Change | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | % of Segment Net Sales | 2020 | % of Segment Net Sales | |||||||||||||||||
| Power & Control | $ | 1,319 | 51.7 | % | $ | 1,345 | 49.9 | % | $ | (26) | (1.9) | % | ||||||||
| Airframe | 878 | 42.2 | % | 955 | 42.4 | % | (77) | (8.1) | % | |||||||||||
| Non-aviation | 62 | 37.6 | % | 54 | 34.8 | % | 8 | 14.8 | % | |||||||||||
| $ | 2,259 | 47.1 | % | $ | 2,354 | 46.1 | % | $ | (95) | (4.0) | % |
Organic EBITDA As Defined represents EBITDA As Defined from existing businesses owned by the Company as of September 30, 2021, excluding EBITDA As Defined from acquisitions and divestitures. EBITDA As Defined from acquisitions and divestitures represents EBITDA As Defined from acquired businesses up to one year subsequent to the respective acquisition date and from businesses divested by the Company during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021.
EBITDA As Defined for the Power & Control segment decreased approximately $26 million, a decrease of 1.9%, primarily as a result of lower organic sales in the commercial OEM market and commercial aftermarket due to the COVID-19 pandemic and its adverse impact on the commercial aerospace sector, particularly in the first half of fiscal 2021, and build rate reductions by aircraft OEMs. The change in EBITDA As Defined for the Power & Control segment from acquisitions and divestitures was immaterial for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021.
EBITDA As Defined for the Airframe segment decreased approximately $77 million, a decrease of 8.1%, primarily as a result of lower organic sales in the commercial OEM market and commercial aftermarket due to the COVID-19 pandemic and its adverse impact on the commercial aerospace sector, particularly in the first half of fiscal 2021, and build rate reductions by aircraft OEMs. EBITDA As Defined for the Airframe segment from acquisitions and divestitures increased by $27 million, primarily due to the acquisition of CAC in the second quarter of fiscal 2021.
EBITDA As Defined for the Non-aviation segment increased approximately $8 million, an increase of 14.8%, primarily as a result of favorable organic sales mix specifically from other non-aerospace sales. The change in EBITDA As Defined for the Non-aviation segment from acquisitions and divestitures was immaterial for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021.
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2019
For our results of operations for fiscal 2020 compared with fiscal 2019, refer to the discussion in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” of Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 12, 2020.
30
Table of Contents
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The following table presents selected balance sheet, cash flow and other financial data relevant to the liquidity or capital resources of the Company for the periods specified below (in millions):
| As of September 30, | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | ||||||
| Selected Balance Sheet, Cash Flow and Other Financial Data: | |||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 4,787 | $ | 4,717 | |||
| Working capital | 5,367 | 5,344 | |||||
| Total assets | 19,315 | 18,395 | |||||
| Total debt (1) | 19,998 | 20,009 | |||||
| TD Group stockholders’ deficit | (2,916) | (3,972) | |||||
| Cash flows provided by (used in): | |||||||
| Operating activities | $ | 913 | 913 | 1,213 | |||
| Investing activities | (785) | (785) | 799 | ||||
| Financing activities | (70) | (70) | 1,230 | ||||
| Capital expenditures | 105 | 105 | 105 | ||||
| Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2) | 1.7x | 1.7x | 1.7x |
(1)Includes debt issuance costs and original issue discount and premiums. Reference Note 12, “Debt,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for additional information.
(2)For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premium and the “interest component” of rental expense.
We have historically maintained a capital structure comprising a mix of equity and debt financing. We vary our leverage both to optimize our equity return and to pursue acquisitions. We expect to meet our current debt obligations as they come due through internally generated funds from current levels of operations and/or through refinancing in the debt markets prior to the maturity dates of our debt.
If the Company has excess cash, it generally prioritizes allocating the excess cash in the following manner: (1) capital spending at existing businesses, (2) acquisitions of businesses, (3) payment of a special dividend and/or repurchases of our common stock and (4) prepayment of indebtedness or repurchase of debt. Whether the Company undertakes common stock repurchases or other aforementioned activities will depend on prevailing market conditions, the Company's liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material. In addition, the Company may issue additional debt if prevailing market conditions are favorable to doing so.
The Company’s ability to make scheduled interest payments on, or to refinance, the Company’s indebtedness, or to fund non-acquisition related capital expenditures and research and development efforts, will depend on the Company’s ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond its control, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.
The Company is continuing to strategically manage the Company’s cash and cash equivalents in response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and related uncertainty of the duration and impact of the pandemic on the Company’s business in fiscal 2022 and beyond. For instance, due to favorable market conditions in the high yield bond market, the Company refinanced $1,950 of its senior subordinated notes in fiscal 2021 resulting in a reduced interest rate (estimated $35 million reduction in annual interest payments) and an extended maturity date.
As of September 30, 2021, the Company has significant cash liquidity as illustrated in the table presented below (in millions):
| As of September 30, 2021 | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Cash and cash equivalents (1) | $ | 4,787 | |
| Availability on revolving credit facility (1) | 529 | ||
| Cash liquidity | $ | 5,316 |
(1)On October 6, 2021, the Company repaid $200 million drawn on the revolving credit facility using existing cash on hand, increasing the borrowings available under the revolving credit facility to $728.9 million.
31
Table of Contents
We believe our significant cash liquidity will allow us to meet our anticipated funding requirements. We expect to meet our short-term cash liquidity requirements (including interest obligations and capital expenditures) through net cash from operating activities, cash on hand and, if needed, additional draws on the revolving credit facility. Long-term cash liquidity requirements consist primarily of obligations under our long-term debt agreements. There is no maturity on any tranche of term loans or notes until August 2024.
In connection with the continued application of our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers), we expect our efforts will continue to generate strong margins and provide sufficient cash provided by operating activities to meet our interest obligations and liquidity needs. We believe our cash provided by operating activities and available borrowing capacity will enable us to make strategic business acquisitions (such as the CAC acquisition completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 for an enterprise value of $965 million using existing cash on hand), pay dividends to our shareholders and make opportunistic investments in our own stock, subject to any restrictions in our existing credit agreement and market conditions in consideration of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.
In the future, the Company may increase its borrowings in connection with acquisitions, if cash flow from operating activities becomes insufficient to fund current operations or for other short-term cash needs or for stock repurchases or dividends. Our future leverage will also be impacted by the then current conditions of the credit markets.
Operating Activities. The Company generated $913 million of net cash from operating activities during fiscal 2021 compared to $1,213 million during fiscal 2020. The change from prior year is primarily driven by changes in working capital as further described below.
The change in trade accounts receivable during fiscal 2021 was a use of cash of $78 million in cash compared to a source of cash of $352 million in fiscal 2020. The increase in the use of cash of $430 million is primarily attributable to the decrease in accounts receivable from lower sales due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company continues to actively manage its accounts receivable, the related agings and collection efforts in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
The change in inventories during fiscal 2021 was a source of cash of $79 million compared to a use of cash of $62 million in fiscal 2020. The increase in the source of cash is primarily driven by decreased purchasing of raw materials particularly in the first half of fiscal 2021 from lower demand as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and actively managing inventory levels.
The change in accounts payable during fiscal 2021 was a source of cash of $3 million compared to a use of cash of $62 million in fiscal 2020 primarily due to timing of payments to suppliers.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $785 million during fiscal 2021, consisting primarily of $945 million from the acquisition of CAC in the second quarter of fiscal 2021 and capital expenditures of $105 million. This was partially offset by proceeds of $259 million from the completion of the divestitures of certain businesses, and $24 million of insurance proceeds received from the Leach International Europe facility fire claim. The Company estimates its capital expenditures in fiscal year 2022 to be between $135 million and $155 million with the increase from prior year attributable to projects that were delayed into fiscal 2022 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company’s capital expenditures incurred from year-to-year are primarily for projects that are consistent with our three core value-driven operating strategies (obtaining profitable new business, continually improving our cost structure and providing highly engineered value-added products to customers).
Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2021 was $70 million. The use of cash was primarily attributable to the redemptions of the 2024 Notes and 2025 Notes for $1,220 million and $762 million, respectively, repayment on term loans of $75 million and dividend equivalent payments of $73 million. This was partially offset by $1,189 million in net proceeds from the completion of the 4.625% 2029 Notes offering, $743 million in net proceeds from the completion of the 4.875% 2029 Notes offering and $128 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.
Description of Senior Secured Term Loans and Indentures
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
TransDigm has $7,374 million in fully drawn term loans (the “Term Loans Facility”) and a $760 million revolving credit facility. The Term Loans Facility consists of three tranches of term loans as follows (aggregate principal amount disclosed is as of September 30, 2021):
| Term Loans Facility | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tranche E | $2,177 million | May 30, 2025 | LIBOR + 2.25% | |||
| Tranche F | $3,454 million | December 9, 2025 | LIBOR + 2.25% | |||
| Tranche G | $1,743 million | August 22, 2024 | LIBOR + 2.25% |
32
Table of Contents
The Term Loans Facility requires quarterly aggregate principal payments of $18.8 million. The revolving credit facility consists of two tranches which include up to $151.5 million of multicurrency revolving credit. At September 30, 2021, the Company had $31 million in letters of credit outstanding, $200 million drawn and outstanding, and $529 million in borrowings available under the revolving credit facility. On October 6, 2021, the Company repaid the $200 million drawn using existing cash on hand.
The interest rates per annum applicable to the loans under the Credit Agreement are, at TransDigm’s option, equal to either an alternate base rate or an adjusted LIBOR for one, two, three or six-month (or to the extent agreed to by each relevant lender, nine or twelve-month) interest periods chosen by TransDigm, in each case plus an applicable margin percentage. The adjusted LIBOR related to tranche E, tranche F and tranche G term loans are not subject to a floor. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, the applicable interest rate was approximately 2.33% on the existing term loans. Interest rate swaps and caps used to hedge and offset, respectively, the variable interest rates on the credit facility are described in Note 21, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
Fiscal 2021 Amendment to the Credit Agreement
On May 24, 2021, the Company entered into Amendment No. 8 and Loan Modification Agreement (herein, "Amendment No. 8"). Under the terms of Amendment No. 8, the Company, among other things, (i) extends the maturity date of the revolving credit commitments and revolving loans under its existing Credit Agreement to May 24, 2026, and (ii) the LIBOR interest rate per annum applicable to the revolving loans under its existing Credit Agreement is 2.50%, a decrease from the 3.00% rate that applied previous to the amendment. The other terms and conditions that apply to the revolving loans are substantially the same as the terms and conditions that applied to the revolving loans immediately prior to Amendment No. 8.
Indentures
The following table represents the notes outstanding as of September 30, 2021:
| Description | Aggregate Principal | Maturity Date | Interest Rate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 Secured Notes | $1,100 million | December 15, 2025 | 8.00% | |||
| 2026 Secured Notes | $4,400 million | March 15, 2026 | 6.25% | |||
| 6.875% 2026 Notes | $500 million | May 15, 2026 | 6.875% | |||
| 6.375% 2026 Notes | $950 million | June 15, 2026 | 6.375% | |||
| 7.50% 2027 Notes | $550 million | March 15, 2027 | 7.50% | |||
| 5.50% 2027 Notes | $2,650 million | November 15, 2027 | 5.50% | |||
| 4.625% 2029 Notes | $1,200 million | July 15, 2029 | 4.625% | |||
| 4.875% 2029 Notes | $750 million | October 15, 2029 | 4.875% |
Refer to Note 12, "Debt," in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for information over the Company’s issuances and redemptions of senior subordinated notes executed during fiscal year 2021.
The 6.375% 2026 Notes, the 7.50% 2027 Notes, the 5.50% 2027 Notes, the 4.625% 2029 Notes and the 4.875% 2029 Notes (collectively, the “TransDigm Inc. Notes”) were issued at a price of 100% of the principal amount. The 6.875% 2026 Notes (the "TransDigm UK Notes" and together with the TransDigm Inc. Notes, the "Notes," are further described below) offered in May 2018 were issued at a price of 99.24% of the principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $496.2 million. The 2025 Secured Notes (the "Secured Notes") were issued at a price 100% of the principal amount. The initial $3,800 million offering of the 2026 Secured Notes (the "Secured Notes") were issued at a price of 100% of their principal amount and the subsequent $200 million and $400 million offerings of the 2026 Secured Notes in the second quarter of fiscal 2019 and the third quarter of fiscal 2020, respectively, were issued at a price of 101% of their principal amount, resulting in gross proceeds of $4,410.5 million.
The Notes do not require principal payments prior to their maturity. Interest under the Notes is payable semi-annually. The Notes represent our unsecured obligations ranking subordinate to our senior debt, as defined in the applicable indentures. The Notes contain many of the restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement. TransDigm is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Notes.
Guarantor Information
The Notes are subordinated to all of our existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of our future debt that is expressly subordinated to the Notes. The TransDigm Inc. Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated unsecured basis by TD Group and TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. The TransDigm UK Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by TransDigm Inc., TD Group and TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. The guarantees of the Notes are subordinated to all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior debt, rank equally with all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt and rank senior to all of their future debt that is expressly subordinated to the guarantees of the Notes. The Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TD Group’s non-guarantor subsidiaries.
33
Table of Contents
The Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of TransDigm and rank equally in right of payment with all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior secured debt, including indebtedness under TransDigm’s existing senior secured credit facilities, and are senior in right of payment to all of TransDigm’s existing and future senior subordinated debt, including the Notes, TransDigm’s other outstanding senior subordinated notes and TransDigm’s guarantees in respect of TransDigm UK’s outstanding senior subordinated notes. The Secured Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and TransDigm’s wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries named in the Secured Notes Indentures. The guarantees of the Secured Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of the guarantors’ existing and future senior secured debt and are senior in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior subordinated debt. The Secured Notes are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of TransDigm’s non-guarantor subsidiaries. The Secured Notes contain many of the restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement. TransDigm is in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Secured Notes.
Separate financial statements of TransDigm Inc. are not presented because the Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and all of TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. TD Group has no significant operations or assets separate from its investment in TransDigm Inc.
Separate financial statements of TransDigm Inc. are not presented because the TransDigm Inc. Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by TD Group, TransDigm UK and all of TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. TD Group has no significant operations or assets separate from its investment in TransDigm Inc.
Separate financial statements of TransDigm UK are not presented because TransDigm UK's 6.875% 2026 Notes, issued in May 2018, are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by TD Group, TransDigm Inc. and all of TransDigm Inc.'s Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. TD Group has no significant operations or assets separate from its investment in TransDigm Inc.
The financial information presented is that of TD Group and the Guarantors, which includes TransDigm Inc. and TransDigm UK, on a combined basis and the financial information of non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries has been excluded. Intercompany balances and transactions between TD Group and Guarantors have been eliminated, and amounts due from, amounts due to, and transactions with non-issuer and non-guarantor subsidiaries have been presented separately.
| Summarized Balance Sheet Information (in millions): | September 30, 2021 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Current assets | $ | 5,452 | |
| Goodwill | 6,794 | ||
| Other non-current assets | 2,656 | ||
| Current liabilities | 1,019 | ||
| Non-current liabilities | 20,156 | ||
| Amounts due from subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors - net | (865) |
| Summarized Results of Operations (in millions): | Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2021 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Net sales | $ | 3,496 | |
| Sales to subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors | 37 | ||
| Cost of sales | 1,442 | ||
| Expense from subsidiaries that are non-issuers and non-guarantors - net | 39 | ||
| Income from continuing operations | 456 | ||
| Net income attributable to TD Group | 456 |
Certain Restrictive Covenants in Our Debt Documents
The Credit Agreement and the Indentures governing the Notes contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the payment of special dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, mergers and consolidations, liens and encumbrances, and prepayments of certain other indebtedness.
The restrictive covenants included in the Credit Agreement are subject to amendments executed periodically. The most recent amendment that impacted the restrictive covenants contained in the Credit Agreement is Amendment No. 7.
Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, TransDigm is entitled, on one or more occasions, to request additional term loans or additional revolving commitments to the extent that the existing or new lenders agree to provide such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments provided that, among other conditions, our consolidated net leverage ratio would be no greater than 7.25x and the consolidated secured net debt ratio would be no greater than 5.00x, in each case, after giving effect to such incremental term loans or additional revolving commitments.
34
Table of Contents
If any such default occurs, the lenders under the Credit Agreement and the holders of the Notes may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under the Credit Agreement also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. In addition, following an event of default under the Credit Agreement, the lenders thereunder will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the debt, which includes our available cash, and they will also have the right to prevent us from making debt service payments on the Notes.
With the exception of the revolving credit facility, the Company has no maintenance covenants in its existing term loan and indenture agreements. Under the Credit Agreement, if the usage of the revolving credit facility exceeds 35%, or $266 million, of the total revolving commitments, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio of net debt to trailing four-quarter EBITDA As Defined of 7.25x as of the last day of the fiscal quarter.
As of September 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants and expects to remain in compliance with its debt covenants in subsequent periods.
Trade Receivables Securitization
During fiscal 2014, the Company established a trade receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”). The Securitization Facility effectively increases the Company’s borrowing capacity depending on the amount of the domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable. The Securitization Facility includes the right for the Company to exercise annual one year extensions as long as there have been no termination events as defined by the agreement. The Company uses the proceeds from the Securitization Facility as an alternative to other forms of debt, effectively reducing borrowing costs.
On July 27, 2021, the Company amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, (i) extend the maturity date to July 26, 2022, and (ii) bear interest at a rate of 1.20% plus three month LIBOR, compared to the interest rate of 1.35% plus 0.50% or three-month LIBOR, whichever is greater, that applied prior to the amendment. The Securitization Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s domestic operations’ trade accounts receivable. As of September 30, 2021, the Company has borrowed $350 million under the Securitization Facility, which is fully drawn.
Dividend and Dividend Equivalent Payments
No dividends were declared or paid in fiscal 2021. We do not anticipate declaring regular quarterly or annual cash dividends on our common stock in the near future. Any declaration of special cash dividends on our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions under the senior secured credit facility and Indentures, the availability of surplus under Delaware law and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. TD Group is a holding company and conducts all of its operations through direct and indirect subsidiaries. Unless TD Group receives dividends, distributions, advances, transfers of funds or other payments from our subsidiaries, TD Group will be unable to pay any dividends on our common stock in the future. The ability of any subsidiaries to take any of the foregoing actions is limited by the terms of our senior secured credit facility and Indentures and may be limited by future debt or other agreements that we may enter into.
Dividend equivalent payments made in fiscal 2021 were $73 million. Pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated TransDigm Group Incorporated 2003 Stock Option Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan, the Second Amended and Restated TransDigm Group Incorporated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan and the 2014 Stock Option Plan Dividend Equivalent Plan, all of the options granted under the existing stock option plans are entitled to certain dividend equivalent payments in the event of the declaration of a dividend by the Company.
Stock Repurchase Program
On November 8, 2017, our Board of Directors, authorized a stock repurchase program permitting repurchases of our outstanding shares not to exceed $650 million in the aggregate, subject to any restrictions specified in the Credit Agreement and/or Indentures governing the existing Notes.
No repurchases were made under the program during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the Company repurchased 36,900 shares of its common stock at a gross cost of $18.9 million at the weighted average cost of $512.67 under the repurchase program. As of September 30, 2021, the remaining amount of repurchases allowable under the program was $631.1 million subject to any restrictions specified in the Credit Agreement and/or Indentures governing the existing Notes.
35
Table of Contents
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
The following table summarizes the Company’s cash requirements from all significant contractual obligations as of September 30, 2021 (in millions):
| Total | Payment Due by Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Contractual | Less than | Between | Between | Over | |||||||||||||||
| Obligations | 1 Year | 1-3 Years | 3-5 Years | 5 Years | |||||||||||||||
| Senior Subordinated and Secured Notes (1) | $ | 12,100 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 6,950 | $ | 5,150 | |||||||||
| Senior Secured Term Loans (2) | 7,374 | 75 | 1,840 | 5,459 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Scheduled Interest Payments (3) | 4,966 | 1,034 | 2,088 | 1,440 | 404 | ||||||||||||||
| Pension Funding Minimums (4) | 464 | 350 | 24 | 25 | 65 | ||||||||||||||
| Securitization Facility | 350 | 350 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
| Revolving Credit Facility (5) | 200 | — | — | 200 | — | ||||||||||||||
| Finance Leases | 215 | 8 | 18 | 18 | 171 | ||||||||||||||
| Operating Leases | 127 | 24 | 35 | 23 | 45 | ||||||||||||||
| Total Contractual Cash Obligations | $ | 25,796 | $ | 1,841 | $ | 4,005 | $ | 14,115 | $ | 5,835 |
(1)Represents principal maturities which excludes interest, debt issuance costs, original issue discount and premiums.
(2)The tranche E term loans mature in May 2025, the tranche F term loans mature in December 2025 and the tranche G term loans mature in August 2024. The term loans require quarterly principal payments totaling $18.8 million.
(3)Assumes that the variable interest rate on our tranche E, tranche F and tranche G term loans under our Senior Secured Term Loans range from approximately 2.38% to 3.94% based on anticipated movements in the LIBOR. In addition, interest payments include the impact of the existing interest rate swap and cap agreements described in Note 21, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
(4)Represents future benefit payments expected to be paid from the pension and post-retirement benefit plans or from the Company’s assets. Expected benefit payments in fiscal year 2022 primarily relates to the termination of the Esterline Retirement Plan (“ERP”), effective June 30, 2021. The Company anticipates the termination process to be completed within the next 12 months, with the ERP expected to be fully liquidated by the end of fiscal year 2022.
(5)On October 6, 2021, the Company repaid the $200 million drawn on the revolving credit facility using existing cash on hand.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Company utilizes letters of credit to back certain payment and performance obligations. Letters of credit are subject to limits based on amounts outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had $31 million in letters of credit outstanding.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which often requires the judgment of management in the selection and application of certain accounting principles and methods. Management believes that the quality and reasonableness of our most critical policies enable the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations. However, investors are cautioned that the sensitivity of financial statements to these methods, assumptions and estimates could create materially different results under different conditions or using different assumptions.
Below are those policies applied in preparing our financial statements that management believes are the most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. For additional significant accounting policies, see Note 3, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
36
Table of Contents
Revenue Recognition – Revenue is recognized from the sale of products when control transfers to the customer, which is demonstrated by our right to payment, a transfer of title, a transfer of the risk and rewards of ownership, or the customer acceptance, but most frequently upon shipment where the customer obtains physical possession of the goods. The majority of the Company's revenue is recorded at a point in time. Sales recognized over time are generally accounted for using an input measure to determine progress completed at the end of the period. Sales for service contracts generally are recognized as the services are provided. For agreements with multiple performance obligations, judgment is required to determine whether performance obligations specified in these agreements are distinct and should be accounted for as separate revenue transactions for recognition purposes based on the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. The primary method used to estimate a standalone selling price is the price observed in standalone sales to customers for the same product or service. We consider the contractual consideration payable by the customer and assesses variable consideration that may affect the total transaction price. Variable consideration is included in the estimated transaction price when there is a basis to reasonably estimate the amount, including whether the estimate should be constrained in order to avoid a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. These estimates are based on historical experience, anticipated performance under the terms of the contract and our best judgment at the time.
Inventories – Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost of inventories is generally determined by the average cost and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) methods and includes material, labor and overhead related to the manufacturing process. Because the Company sells products that are installed on airframes that can be in-service for 25 or more years, it must keep a supply of such products on hand while the airframes are in use. Where management estimated that the net realizable value was below cost or determined that future demand was lower than current inventory levels, based on historical experience, current and projected market demand, current and projected volume trends and other relevant current and projected factors associated with the current economic conditions, a reduction in inventory cost to estimated net realizable value was made by recording a provision included in cost of sales. Additionally, management believes that the Company’s estimates of excess and obsolete inventory are reasonable and material changes in future estimates or assumptions used to calculate our estimate is unlikely. However, actual results may differ materially from the estimates and additional provisions may be required in the future. A 10% change in our excess and obsolete inventory reserve at September 30, 2021 would not have a material impact on our results. In accordance with industry practice, all inventories are classified as current assets as all inventories are available and necessary to support current sales, even though a portion of the inventories may not be sold within one year.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets – In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” the Company uses the acquisition method of accounting to allocate costs of acquired businesses to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess costs of acquired businesses over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recognized as goodwill. The valuations of the acquired assets and liabilities will impact the determination of future operating results. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, discount rates, customer attrition rates, royalty rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. We determine the fair values of intangible assets acquired generally in consultation with third-party valuation advisors. Fair value adjustments to the Company’s assets and liabilities are recognized and the results of operations of the acquired business are included in our consolidated financial statements from the effective date of the merger or acquisition.
Intangible assets other than goodwill are recognized if the benefit of the intangible asset is obtained through contractual or other legal rights, or if the intangible asset can be sold, transferred, licensed or exchanged, regardless of the Company’s intent to do so. Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of acquisition and are reviewed at least annually for impairment based on cash flow projections and fair value estimates.
U.S. GAAP requires that the annual, and any interim, goodwill impairment assessment be performed at the reporting unit level. The reporting unit level is one level below an operating segment. Substantially all goodwill was determined and recognized for each reporting unit pursuant to the accounting for the merger or acquisition as of the date of each transaction. With respect to acquisitions integrated into an existing reporting unit, any acquired goodwill is combined with the goodwill of the reporting unit.
At the time of goodwill impairment testing, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, and whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. The quantitative test is required only if the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, or if the Company elects not to perform a qualitative assessment of a reporting unit. For the quantitative test, management determines the estimated fair value through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved for each reporting unit. If the calculated estimated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of goodwill of the reporting unit may exist. The use of a discounted cash flow valuation model to determine estimated fair value is common practice in impairment testing. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model for impairment testing includes discount rates, revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates are set by using the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) methodology. The WACC methodology considers market and industry data as well as company specific risk factors for each reporting unit in determining the appropriate discount rates to be used. The discount rate utilized for each reporting unit is indicative of the return an investor would expect to receive for investing in such a business.
37
Table of Contents
Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates, sales projections and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows a common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
Management tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the asset level, as determined by appropriate asset valuation at the time of acquisition. The impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison between the estimated fair values and carrying values. If the carrying amounts of intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives exceed their estimated fair values, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to the difference. Management utilizes the royalty savings valuation method to determine the estimated fair value for each indefinite-lived intangible asset. In this method, management estimates the royalty savings arising from the ownership of the intangible asset. The key assumptions used in estimating the royalty savings for impairment testing include discount rates, royalty rates, growth rates, sales projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates used are similar to the rates developed by the WACC methodology considering any differences in company-specific risk factors between reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets. Royalty rates are established by management with the advice of valuation experts. Management, considering industry and company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and sales projections for each significant intangible asset. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual sales estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates.
The discounted cash flow and royalty savings valuation methodologies require management to make certain assumptions based upon information available at the time the valuations are performed. Actual results could differ from these assumptions. Management believes the assumptions used are reflective of what a market participant would have used in calculating fair value considering the current economic conditions.
Given the continued adverse global economic and market conditions attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly as it pertains to the commercial aerospace sector, the Company continues to monitor for any indicators of impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. For certain reporting units that have higher commercial aerospace content and potentially present a higher risk for impairment, the Company performed a quantitative impairment test using an income approach in the prior year annual impairment assessment. In the second quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company reviewed the key assumptions used within the models to identify if any changes were necessary. Key assumptions reviewed included revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins, available industry data and management’s determination of the prospective financial information with consideration of the estimated length of time for the commercial aerospace sector to rebound to pre-pandemic levels. The Company also utilized a third party valuation firm to assist in the determination of the WACC. As a result of the interim impairment testing performed as of April 3, 2021, no goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets were determined to be impaired. We updated our assessment during the third quarter of fiscal 2021 and validated that the assumptions used in the analyses performed as of April 3, 2021 and the resulting conclusions remain appropriate as of July 3, 2021.
The Company had 46 reporting units with goodwill and 43 reporting units with indefinite-lived intangible assets as of the first day of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the date of the annual impairment test. Based on its initial qualitative assessment over each of the reporting units, the Company identified 16 reporting units to test for impairment using a quantitative test for both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. The estimated fair value of each of these reporting units was in excess of its respective carrying value, and therefore, no impairment was recorded on goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company performed a sensitivity analysis on the discount rate, which is a significant assumption in the calculation of fair values. With a one percentage point increase in the discount rate, all of the reporting units would continue to have fair values in excess of their respective carrying values.
Stock-Based Compensation – The cost of the Company’s stock-based compensation is recorded in accordance with ASC 718, “Stock Compensation.” The Company uses a Black-Scholes pricing model to estimate the grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires assumptions regarding the expected volatility of the Company’s common shares, the risk-free interest rate, the expected life of the stock options award and the Company’s dividend yield. The Company utilizes historical data in determining the assumptions. An increase or decrease in the assumptions or economic events outside of management’s control could have an impact on the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company estimates stock option forfeitures based on historical data. The total number of stock options expected to vest is adjusted by actual and estimated forfeitures. Changes to the actual and estimated forfeitures will result in a cumulative adjustment in the period of change. The Company also evaluates any subsequent changes to the respective option holders terms under the modification rules of ASC 718. If determined to be a modification, the Black-Scholes pricing model is updated as of the date of the modification resulting in a cumulative catch-up to expense.
Income Taxes – The Company estimates income taxes in each jurisdiction in which it operates. This involves estimating taxable earnings, specific taxable and deductible items, the likelihood of generating sufficient future taxable income to utilize deferred tax assets and possible exposures related to future tax audits. To the extent these estimates change, adjustments to deferred and accrued income taxes are made in the period in which the changes occur. Historically, such adjustments have not been significant.
38
Table of Contents
New Accounting Standards
For information about new accounting standards, see Note 4, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein.
39
Table of Contents
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We present below certain financial information based on our EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined. References to “EBITDA” mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and references to “EBITDA As Defined” mean EBITDA plus, as applicable for each relevant period, certain adjustments as set forth in the reconciliations of income from continuing operations to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined and the reconciliations of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined presented below.
Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP. We present EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined because we believe they are useful indicators for evaluating operating performance and liquidity.
Our management believes that EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined are useful as indicators of liquidity because securities analysts, investors, rating agencies and others use EBITDA to evaluate a company’s ability to incur and service debt. In addition, EBITDA As Defined is useful to investors because the revolving credit facility under our senior secured credit facility requires compliance under certain circumstances, on a pro forma basis, with a financial covenant that measures the ratio of the amount of our secured indebtedness to the amount of our Consolidated EBITDA defined in the same manner as we define EBITDA As Defined herein.
In addition to the above, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to review and assess the performance of the management team in connection with employee incentive programs and to prepare its annual budget and financial projections. Moreover, our management uses EBITDA As Defined to evaluate acquisitions.
Although we use EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined as measures to assess the performance of our business and for the other purposes set forth above, the use of these non-GAAP financial measures as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider any of them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements, necessary to service interest payments on our indebtedness;
•although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined reflects any cash requirements for such replacements;
•the omission of the substantial amortization expense associated with our intangible assets further limits the usefulness of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined;
•neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined includes the payment of taxes, which is a necessary element of our operations; and
•EBITDA As Defined excludes the cash expense we have incurred to integrate acquired businesses into our operations, which is a necessary element of certain of our acquisitions.
Because of these limitations, EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Management compensates for these limitations by not viewing EBITDA or EBITDA As Defined in isolation and specifically by using other U.S. GAAP measures, such as net income, net sales and operating profit, to measure our operating performance. Neither EBITDA nor EBITDA As Defined is a measurement of financial performance under U.S. GAAP, and neither should be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our calculation of EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined may not be comparable to the calculation of similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
40
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of income from continuing operations to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Income from continuing operations | $ | 681 | $ | 653 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | 253 | 283 | ||||
| Interest expense, net | 1,059 | 1,029 | ||||
| Income tax provision | 34 | 87 | ||||
| EBITDA | 2,027 | 2,052 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Inventory acquisition accounting adjustments (1) | 6 | — | ||||
| Acquisition integration costs (2) | 14 | 30 | ||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses (3) | 15 | 1 | ||||
| Non-cash stock compensation expense (4) | 129 | 93 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (5) | 37 | 28 | ||||
| COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs (6) | 40 | 54 | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net (7) | (69) | — | ||||
| Other, net (8) | (10) | 20 | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 2,189 | $ | 2,278 |
(1)Represents accounting adjustments to inventory associated with acquisitions of businesses and product lines that were charged to cost of sales when the inventory was sold.
(2)Represents costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses and product lines into TD Group’s operations, facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs.
(3)Represents transaction-related costs for both acquisitions and divestitures comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses and valuation costs that are required to be expensed as incurred.
(4)Represents the compensation expense recognized by TD Group under our stock incentive plans.
(5)Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements.
(6)Represents restructuring costs related to the Company's cost reduction measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 of $36 million and $46 million, respectively, and also includes restructuring costs related to the 737 MAX production rate change for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 of $3 million. These are costs related to the Company's actions to reduce its workforce and consolidate certain facilities to align with customer demand. This also includes incremental costs related to the pandemic for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 of $4 million and $5 million, respectively, which are not expected to recur once the pandemic has subsided and are clearly separable from normal operations (e.g., additional cleaning and disinfecting of facilities by contractors above and beyond normal requirements, personal protective equipment).
(7)Represents the net gain on completed divestitures. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further details.
(8)Primarily represents the gain on insurance proceeds from the Leach International Europe facility fire (refer to Note 15, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further details), foreign currency transaction gain or loss, payroll withholding taxes related to special dividend and dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, non-service related pension costs, deferred compensation and gain or loss on sale of fixed assets.
41
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities to EBITDA and EBITDA As Defined (in millions):
| Fiscal Years Ended September 30, | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 913 | $ | 1,213 | ||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and sales of businesses | 97 | (168) | ||||
| Interest expense, net (1) | 1,059 | 1,029 | ||||
| Income tax (benefit) provision - current | — | 63 | ||||
| Loss contract amortization | 55 | 36 | ||||
| Non-cash stock compensation expense (2) | (129) | (93) | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | (37) | (28) | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net (4) | 69 | — | ||||
| EBITDA | 2,027 | 2,052 | ||||
| Adjustments: | ||||||
| Inventory acquisition accounting adjustments (5) | 6 | — | ||||
| Acquisition integration costs (6) | 14 | 30 | ||||
| Acquisition and divestiture transaction-related expenses (7) | 15 | 1 | ||||
| Non-cash stock compensation expense (2) | 129 | 93 | ||||
| Refinancing costs (3) | 37 | 28 | ||||
| COVID-19 pandemic restructuring costs (8) | 40 | 54 | ||||
| Gain on sale of businesses, net (4) | (69) | — | ||||
| Other, net (9) | (10) | 20 | ||||
| EBITDA As Defined | $ | 2,189 | $ | 2,278 |
(1)Represents interest expense excluding the amortization of debt issuance costs and premium and discount on debt.
(2)Represents the compensation expense recognized by TD Group under our stock incentive plans.
(3)Represents costs expensed related to debt financing activities, including new issuances, extinguishments, refinancings and amendments to existing agreements.
(4)Represents the net gain on completed divestitures. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions and Divestitures,” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further details.
(5)Represents accounting adjustments to inventory associated with acquisitions of businesses and product lines that were charged to cost of sales when the inventory was sold.
(6)Represents costs incurred to integrate acquired businesses and product lines into TD Group’s operations, facility relocation costs and other acquisition-related costs.
(7)Represents transaction-related costs for both acquisitions and divestitures comprising deal fees, legal, financial and tax due diligence expenses, and valuation costs that are required to be expensed as incurred.
(8)Represents restructuring costs related to the Company's cost reduction measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 of $36 million and $46 million, respectively, and also includes restructuring costs related to the 737 MAX production rate change for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 of $3 million. These are costs related to the Company's actions to reduce its workforce and consolidate certain facilities to align with customer demand. This also includes incremental costs related to the pandemic for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 of $4 million and $5 million, respectively, which are not expected to recur once the pandemic has subsided and are clearly separable from normal operations (e.g., additional cleaning and disinfecting of facilities by contractors above and beyond normal requirements, personal protective equipment).
(9)Primarily represents the gain on insurance proceeds from the Leach International Europe facility fire (refer to Note 15, “Commitments and Contingencies” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included herein for further details), foreign currency transaction gain or loss, payroll withholding taxes related to special dividend and dividend equivalent payments and stock option exercises, non-service related pension costs, deferred compensation and gain or loss on sale of fixed assets.
42
Table of Contents